MRNA Body Sharing
Reply
The Failed System And My Birthday
February 29, 2024
Just another day? Yes and no.
Yes, it’s just another day. The Sun appeared where I am at, and the sky is clear for another bright day.
…and
No. It’s a special and unique day according to the Gregorian Calendar. This year is a leap year, What does that mean? Simply put, today is the 29th day of February which normally contains 28 days.
How come?
Well, let me say it this way. Man and his system fucked up the calendar—the Gregorian Calendar. There I’ve said it.
I’ve read and studied the calendar system and the whole story is absurd. In one word it’s CRAP! They ALL say that the Universe is at fault and Astrologers and Mathematicians are in cohorts.
Blame it on the Sun and Moon! Who created them?
Ahaa! So the Creator fucked up?
They can argue all they like all their lives and I won’t care.
Hey! Btw, where’s the AI?
You see, they won’t allow AI in on this, because it will fucked up ALL the HOLY days and holidays(?) and un-merry the Christmas? NO…that’s bad for business.
…and ALL other HOLY days(?)
Whoops! I don’t mean to rock the religious boats. That’s another banger for another day.
Anyway, my birthday which is supposed to be today, is put forward tomorrow. That’s OK! Thank God I was not born in a Leap Year.
Thank you, Mum! Thank you, Sir!
Mad respect for my Maker, The ONLY Perfect ONE.
Original posting on Substack
..
Happy Yuletide!
m e r r y 🌲 c h r i s t m a s
EVERYONE!
Love On Wheels
 |
⛎
Love On WheelsIf There’s A Wheel There’s A WayBook Project The story outline. This book is based on a true story. A love story about a young man who was paralyzed head down after a motorcycle accident. Bedridden, he struggled to find his way back to his life. A young woman who was a schoolmate came to visit him a few years later and she was taken by his courage in overcoming adversity in a brave manner not often seen. They fell in love. He wished to marry her, but her father was against it as could be expected of any father, given his circumstances. Against all odds, they strived and continued to be together with great hopes that in time their dream would come true. Eleven years passed by and her unconditional love for him proved too strong for anyone who tried to stop them. Her father realized how much she loved him and finally relented. They got married. Life is like a box of chocolates filled with an assortment of fate and destiny. After removing the obstacles in their way, the happy couple now looked forward to a blissful life together, not knowing there was a mountain ahead waiting for them to climb. Their honeymoon was interrupted when they were confronted with a hammer threatening to shatter the dream that had just come true. The odd couple was now up against all odds and their strengths were put on trial as they struggled to be together. Theirs is a great story for all to see and learn from. This is a story of the power of love The love that dare not speak its name. Can love conquer all? … The Book
.. |
M . A . D …insanely so
The inmates are running the asylum
I’m always being asked, “What do you do?“
“Whatever it takes,” my answer.
And should they ask, “…and what’s that?“
“You’re special dumb to ask and for me to explain.“ I’d say.
“Don’t try“ – Charles Bukowski
If you’re interested read this letter
It’s okay, keep on asking me if you don’t mind my (only) answer.
In a mad world, only the mad are sane.
Absolute M. A. D. (mad and dumb)
… ask Alfred E Neuman
I AM crazy, but in sanity … read slowly
My Strawman died many moons ago.
Knowing the difference is the difference.
Original post at Substack (read and listen 🎧 )
..
BULLSHIT…TRUTH is
Just for the record
The Sun is up this morning, but there’s still A LOT of BULLSHIT in the air.
The bigger bullshit is
It is taken for the truth.
The above story is a good picture and a very fine example.
Do you see it? Many don’t.
Forget the details of the story, which is in and of itself—bullshit
Let me explain…
- Pfizer (Rezifp) the [K]ovid p[l]andemic organizer/promoter
- Poland the country
Both are fictional Legal Entities.
It means both are CORPORATIONS—bu$iness entitie$
Pfizer is, of course. No argument there.
What about Poland(?), which is known to you and I—as a (sovereign) country and run by a government (politicians) elected by the people (slaves/stocks). That’s the bullshit.
FACT I — It is NOT.
FACT II — It is a CORPORATION and so are ALL the countries on EARTH.
The Legal BS system practiced on Earth proves it. Ask every any good or (especially bad stupid) bad lawyers about The Law of Contract. Who are the parties in a contract?
If you are like most people who are not familiar of (Man made) laws, you’ve been conned all your lives up-down-left-right.
If you don’t get it, it’s not my job to explain or teach.
All I can and DARE say, “Patriotism is just garbage“
…stop the (stupid) vote, it only encourages them to enslave you perpetually.
Originally posted on Substack
..
To be human……dust the dusts
Man is forgetful. That is human.
Sadly ironic he (conveniently) forgets to become one.
“You are not your job, you’re not how much money you have in the bank. You are not the car you drive. You’re not the contents of your wallet. You are not your fucking khakis. You are all singing, all dancing crap of the world.”
Chuck Palahniuk
Be human first and your do’s-and-don’ts will be remarkable. Ask Alfred E. Neuman
Prime Ministers and Presidents the politicians they are, forget they’re MPs too. A flaw (by design?) in the world system of government, which impugns the over glorified doctrine of The Separation of Powers. Don’t ask the lawyers.
To begin with, they are themselves citizens, supposed to be working for and representing the citizens in their constituency instead of oppressing the very people they represent.
Politics is low vibration pastime. It’s just pea-brained MPs yackety-yacking in Parliament wasting people’s time and energy. Emptying the National coffers—proving with gusto how ignorant, inefficient, horrible and disgusting they are.
The Constitution “has either authorized such a government as we have had, or has been powerless to prevent it.” – Lysander Spooner
Man is most times lost in the dust of his own raising. If that’s not bad enough, he dusts the people around him.
Be a good person, but don’t waste time to prove it (a real shitty habit)!
Dust off.
Be human —foremost to hindmost.
Always ALL ways.
..
T I M E
TIME
The Separator
There is no time.
What does that tells us?
It’s a spatial effect illusion
Mental as it may be.
Seek ye and learn that Time is the secret whereby ye may be free of this space.
Literally, there is no time. There’s only NOW.
Metaphorically, the Universe waits for no one…so don’t wait.
..
Seeing Is Believing?
Seeing is believing
WYSIWYG. I learned that when I took up computer learning some four decades ago
What-you-see-is-what-you-get. That’s what GUI offers on the screen – Graphical User Interface
Now let’s go to the much bigger super-duper screen—The World
Seeing
Is the sea blue?
haah! caught you instantly eh!
With that I rest my case and the topic should end right here.
Perhaps, maybe I just add a tad-bit more to spice things up.
Sunrise, sunset. Rise and set from where to where?
Look, try to convince a visually impaired person what your eyes convinced you.
I think I’ve driven the point.
Hearing
Now, what about hearing? Believe all you hear? I think this’ a reduction to seeing.
What about combining see & hear? Would this instill and reinforce belief. To some it does, and to most hearing is good enough and as quickly they’d go viral with it. Don’t I know. Seriously. duh.
Gossips travel faster than SOL (speed of light?).
Feeling
Light don’t travel k. Walter Russell even said, “the sunlight we feel upon our bodies is not actual light from the sun.”
Regarding Light, you don’t see the ‘light’. It’s the other way round. The ‘light’ makes you see! See? How bout that? Talk about Enlightenment 101.
Invisibility
Then there is ‘believing without seeing’, which means to say, “Just because you can’t see doesn’t mean it’s not there.“ Can you see the invisible gasses, energetic waves, ether, ghosts(?), and top it all G O D ?
In passing, I don’t believe in God btw—I know. Now now… don’t ask me about that! It only complicates matters (literally). Let’s just stick to belief, which is the primary status of the Collective. No malice intended. Bless and luv y’all.
The old adage ‘Nothing is as it seems’ holds firm and there’s not much surprises in this ‘hollow-graphic’ world left to excite me. I’m already bored (to death literally).
And…what about that Palestinian story (?)…oh pleeeease, for Heaven’s sake. S T O P!
Beam me up Scotty!
I believe for every drop of rain that falls
A flower grows,
I believe that somewhere in the darkest night
A candle glows,
I believe for everyone who goes astray,
Someone will come to show the way,
I believe, I believe.
I believe above the storm a smallest prayer
Will still be heard,
I believe that someone in the great somewhere
Hears every word,
Every time I hear a newborn baby cry,
Or touch a leaf, or see the sky,
Then I know why,
I believe.
..
Original post on Substack
Redirection
I’ve relocated to Substack
…it’s been sometime now.
No particular reason.
Now that I am back to ‘work‘, I thought to inform you.
I thank each and every one of you for your support for the past decade/s(?)
…and your continued support is highly appreciated.
See ya on the other side.
Cheers!
..
Corpus Hermeticum – Book Five
“That God is not Manifest and yet most Manifest.
- This Discourse I will also make to thee, O Tat, that thou mayest not be ignorant of the more excellent Name of God.
- But do thou contemplate in thy Mind, how that which to many seems hidden and unmanifest, may be most manifest unto thee.
- For it were not all, if it were apparent, for whatsoever is apparent, is generated or made; for it was made manifest, but that which is not manifest is ever.
- For it needeth not to be manifested, for it is always.
- And he maketh all other things manifest, being unmanifest as being always, and making other things manifest, he is not made manifest.
- Himself is not made, yet in fantasy he fantasieth all things, or in appearance he maketh them appear, for appearance is only of those things that are generated or made, for appearance is nothing but generation.
- But he is that One, that is not made nor generated, is also unapparent and unmanifest.
- But making all things appear, he appeareth in all and by all; but especially he is manifested to or in those things wherein himself listeth.
- Thou therefore, O Tat, my Son, pray first to the Lord and Father, and to the Alone and to the One from whom is one to be merciful to thee, that thou mayest knowest and understand so great a God; and that he would shine one of his beams upon thee In thy understanding.
- For only the Understanding sees that which is not manifest or apparent, as being itself not manifest or apparent; and if thou canst, O Tat, it will appear to the eyes of thy Mind.
- For the Lord, void of envy, appeareth through the whole world. Thou mayest see the intelligence, and take it in thy hands, and contemplate the Image of God.
- But if that which is in thee, be not known or apparent unto thee, how shall he in thee be seen, and appear unto thee by the eyes?
- But if thou wilt see him, consider and understand the Sun, consider the course of the Moon, consider the order of the Stars.
- Who is he that keepeth order? for all order is circumscribed or terminated in number and place.
- The Sun is the greatest of the Gods in heaven, to whom all the heavenly Gods give place, as to a King and potentate; and yet he being such a one, greater than the Earth or the Sea, is content to suffer infinite lesser stars to walk and move above himself; whom doth he fear the while, O Son?
- Every one of these Stars that are in Heaven, do not make the like, or an equal course; who is it that hath prescribed unto every one, the manner and the greatness of their course!
- This Bear that turns round about its own self; and carries round the whole World with her, who possessed and made such an Instrument.
- Who hath set the Bounds to the Sea? who hath established the Earth? for there is some body, O Tat, that is the Maker and Lord of these things.
- For it is impossible, O Son, that either place, or number, or measure, should be observed without a Maker.
- For no order can be made by disorder or disproportion.
- I would it were possible for thee, O my Son, to have wings, and to fly into the Air, and being taken up in the midst, between Heaven and Earth, to see the stability of the Earth, the fluidness of the Sea, the courses of the Rivers, the largeness of the Air, the sharpness or swiftness of the Fire, the motion of the Stars; and the speediness of the Heaven, by which it goeth round about all these.
- O Son, what a happy sight it were, at one instant, to see all these, that which is unmovable moved, and that which is hidden appear and be manifest.
- And if thou wilt see and behold this Workman, even by mortal things that are upon Earth, and in the deep. Consider, O Son, how Man is made and framed in the Womb; and examine diligently the skill and cunning of the Workman, and learn who it was that wrought and fashioned the beautiful and Divine shape of Man; who circumscribed and marked out his eyes? who bored his nostrils and ears? who opened his mouth? who stretched out and tied together his sinews! who channelled the veins? who hardened and made strong the bones! who clothed the flesh with skin? who divided the fingers and the joints! who flatted and made broad the soles of the feet! who digged the pores! who stretched out the spleen, who made the heart like a Pyramis? who made the Liver broad! who made the Lights spungy, and full of holes! who made the belly large and capacious? who set to outward view the more honourable parts and hid the filthy ones.
- See how many Arts in one Matter, and how many Works in one Superscription, and all exceedingly beautiful, and all done in measure, and yet all differing.
- Who hath made all these things! what Mother! what Father! save only God that is not manifest! that made all things by his own Will.
- And no man says that a statue or an image is made without a Carver or a Painter, and was this Workmanship made without a Workman? O great Blindness, O great Impiety, O great Ignorance.
- Never, O Son Tat, canst thou deprive the Workmanship of the Workman, rather it is the best Name of all the Names of God, to call him the Father of all, for so he is alone; and this is his Work to be the Father.
- And if thou wilt force me to say anything more boldly, it is his Essence to be pregnant, or great with all things, and to make them.
- And as without a Maker, it is impossible that anything should be made, so it is that he should not always be, and always be making all things in Heaven, in the Air, in the Earth, in the Deep, in the whole World, and in every part of the whole that is, or that is not.
- For there is nothing in the whole World, that is not himself both the things that are and the things that are not.
- For the things that are, he hath made manifest; and the things that are not, he hath hid in himself.
- This is God that is better than any name; this is he that is secret; this is he that is most manifest; this is he that is to be seen by the Mind ; this is he that is visible to the eye; this is he that hath no body; and this is he that hath many bodies, rather there is nothing of any body, which is not He.
- For he alone is all things.
- And for this cause He hath all Names, because He is the One Father; and therefore He hath no Name, because He is the Father of all.
- Who therefore can bless thee, or give thanks for thee, or to thee.
- Which way shall I look, when I praise thee? upward? downward? outward? inward?
- For about thee there is no manner, nor place, nor anything else of all things that are.
- But all things are in thee; all things from thee, thou givest all things, and takest nothing; for thou hast all things and there is nothing that thou hast not.
- When shall I praise thee, O Father; for it is neither possible to comprehend thy hour, nor thy time?
- For what shall I praise thee? for what thou hast made, or for what thou hast not made! fur those things thou hast manifested, or for those things thou hast hidden?
- Wherefore shall I praise thee as being of myself, or having anything of mine own, or rather being another’s?
- For thou art what I am, thou art what I do, thou art what I say.
- Thou Art All Things, and there is Nothing Else Thou art not.
- Thou Art Thou, All that is Made, and all that is not Made.
- The Mind that Understandeth.
- The Father that Maketh and Frameth.
- The Good that Worketh.
- The Good that doth All Things.
- Of the Matter, the most subtle and slender part is Air, of the Air the Soul, of the Soul the Mind, of the Mind, God.
..
Tear It Down
They Don’t Want You To Know This
Those shoes you’re wearing were likely made in a sweatshop by a child in horrendous labor conditions. That luxury handbag is a few dollars worth of leather and a fortune in deceptive advertising and branding. Those two politicians with radically different agendas are ladder-climbing friends behind the scenes, with the same corporate donors. Those big tough rappers whose beef you’re following are two poets laughing all the way to the bank. That fancy car will not only lose half its value when you drive it off the lot…but many of the cars on that same lot share the same chassis, were made in the same factories, and cost a lot less. Those songs were written by teams of songwriters, the pop star given public credit to preserve their ‘authenticity.’ That ripped actor is on steroids, that beautiful actress had plastic surgery and her images are photoshopped…and by the way, both of them are thrice married for a reason.
This list–not a conclusive one by a long shot–is not a morning dose of nihilism. It is, however, an exercise that Marcus Aurelius tried to practice in his own way. This expensive wine, he noted, was just rotten grapes. This sumptuous dish was actually a dead pig. The brilliant purple of the emperor’s cloak was dyed with shellfish blood, made by miserable slaves.
What Marcus was doing, what we can do, is “stripping things of the legend that encrusts them.” He was using the power of his mind to rip the polish off, to remove the branding, to take things down to their studs. So he could see what was really happening, that he was deceived, puffed up, tempted. Materialism, injustice, our lower urges–these things depend on legend and myth and marketing. They depend on a false picture, an inflated sense.
To act rationally, to know what matters, to do the right thing, to remain self-contained, we need to tear that down. We need to remind ourselves what things are and what they’re made of..
..
Life – Reality Check
It’s a bungee jump
Relativity is a theorem formulated by Albert Einstein, which states that space and time are relative, and all motion must be relative to a frame of reference. It is a notion that states’ laws of physics are the same everywhere. This theory is simple but hard to understand
byjus.com
You are in a bungee jump lest you know it, and fully harnessed. Of course you forgot about the cord and that’s the whole point.
Even if you realized you’re entangled it doesn’t.t make the jump/s less exciting, or adventurous but more fun and joy perhaps(?)
So smile.
Life is just that. All the life dramas are your ventures of your own curiosity and boy, it sure is surreal, It has to be, How else do you experience anything?
I am making this short and sweet as I can. Time’s a changing and fast. There’s no time really (and it’s relative).
Just remember…the cord, you are SAFE and that it should give you an idea of the time and space(?)
Hope you get it.
.
Clear Bridge (at Ferringhi)
In a world full of pain
And no one seems to care
I found a place
To lay my head
Where the breeze flows
through my hair
A butterfly kiss
whispering words of love
I’ve never felt
such tenderness
that made me close my eyes
and ease the pain
Warmed my heart
and brought that smile
I thought I lost it back
Back in the cold where I came from
If only you know how much I love you so
For the love that dare not speak
its name I feel you deep
within my soul
I pray, some day
I’ll be back in your arms
It’s so sad for me to go but I have to leave
Destiny calling me
I Thank you
Give you my heart
love you
God bless, good-bye
Ahron Kupner on Piano (lyrics by Merahza)
..
Feliz Navidad
Joyeux noël – Selamat natal – Buon Natale – Merīkurisumasu – meli keuliseumaseu – Feliz navidad – Maligayang Pasko – Shèngdàn jié kuàilè – Frohe Weihnachten – Feliz Natal – schastlivogo Rozhdestva – krisamas kee badhaee – felicem natalem Christi – Kiṟistumas vāḻttukkaḷ – glædelig jul – Vrolijk kerstfeest – Mutlu Noeller – god Jul
m e r r y 🌲 c h r i s t m a s
and HAPPY NEW YEAR!
..
Malaysia #GE15 Stalemate
Two solutions
- Abide by The Constitution
- A Prime Minister Election ala the American-style Presidential Election
or…
No government until next election.
Is that a problem?
NO…absolutely not!
Spain Has No Government For 10 Months – Economy Grows, Unemployment Falls To 18.9%
We are continually told that every country must have an activist government. No economy nor society can be allowed to just bumble along by itself, the firm smack of political control is necessary for the world to continue to turn on its axis. This is not really what the empirical evidence tells us of course. Spain has not really had a government for the past 10 months and yet it is expected to be one of the fastest-growing eurozone economies this year. And as a result the unemployment rate has just fallen to 18.9%. So much for the necessity of activist management of the economy then…
Forbes
Enough is enough…the Consti ‘ex-perts‘ and the political VULTURES should now shut up!
…what say you Blackbird?
First appeared at Cafebrain
Malaysia #GE15 Fracas
Malaysia GE 15
Stalemate and the VULTURES are scrambling
1 hr ago
The next thing that will happen after a disastrous “election” is that the LOSERS, like the vultures that they are, will scramble and hoodwink the other pathetic losers to band {collude} together for control of the carcass (stupid voters) and the awaiting loot.
redzashahwis on Instagram
A post shared by Redza Shahwis (@redzashahwis)
The danger is that they hate each other and will DEVOUR each other while feasting on the carcass
Democracy101
The land will rot before they’re finished
…watch out blackbird!
..
Admiration for the unvaccinated
Even if I were pollinated and fully vaccinated, I would admire the unvaccinated for withstanding the greatest pressure I have ever seen, even from partners, parents, children, friends, colleagues and doctors.
People who were capable of such personality, courage and critical ability are undoubtedly the best of humanity. They are everywhere, in all ages, levels of education, states and ideas. They are of a special kind; they are the soldiers that every army of light wants to have in its ranks. They are the parents that every child wants to have and the children that every parent dreams of having. They are beings above the average of their societies, they are the essence of the people who have built all cultures and conquered horizons. They are there, next to you, they look normal, but they are superheroes.
They did what others could not, they were the tree that withstood the…
View original post 162 more words
Admiration for the unvaccinated
Pactum De Singularis Caelum
Covenant of One Heaven
Exordium De Pronunt ionis Deus Before any higher order society, religion, or civilization existed within the star system we call the Solar System; Before the first thoughts, symbols or words were ever conceived, drawn or uttered by our higher order flesh ancestors; Before even matter itself existed, the idea of existence did exist in the form of that which we call God, the Universal, the Absolute, the ALL, the Divine Unique Collective Awareness; and As our learning as a higher order species has evolved, so has our appreciation and awe of the vastness of the world beyond our home planet when we think, write or speak of certain terms to define the ultimate creator of the Universe. We have come to learn that within a dozen light years of our star system, there exist several dozen stars. The Homo Sapien species has come to learn that just within the galaxy known as the Milky Way to which our star system belongs, there are more than one hundred billion other star systems, with many possessing planets,or planets with moons that atsome point may have or remain conducive to the propagation of life. Beyond the Milky Way Galaxy within a wider precinct called the Local Group of galaxies there are more than a dozen small galaxies and within a larger group called the Virgo Supercluster there are several dozen groups of galaxies; Beyond the Virgo Supercluster there are tens upon tens of millions of Superclusters of Galaxies within the small part of the Universe called the Mid-Inner East Planar Region which defines our place within material existence. Yet even as vast as our appreciation of the singular Universe has become, there is a unifying force vastly greater being the unifying force of all molecules, atoms, sub atomic elements, super sub atomic elements and unita elements being the Unique Collective Awareness of all existence that represents the consciousness of existence between the ultimate Dreamer as the creator and the Dream as the Universe. It is to this unifying and singular force we and our ancestors have prayed. It is this one, true and absolute Divine Creator of all Existence who bestowed in trust to all Homo Sapiens certain irrevocable rights and obligations in perpetual remembrance as trustees for all life on planet Earth. It is this one, true and extraordinary spiritual force that did give unto each and every member of the Homo Sapien species an extraordinary gift of spiritual insight far beyond the measure and normal evolutionary abilities of such a young species. Yet for all that has been given, granted and delivered unto the Homo Sapien species, its very existence and survival has remained challenged. Level 6 Life Forms of the species have been tricked into believing for many generations they are nothing more than creatures and even less value than other animals. Spiritual forces have also tricked and cursed our spiritual evolution such that even the wisest souls of the species are confounded into forgetting past life lessons and returning as ignorant as if they had carnated for the first time; and So it has been that those of the species who claim to rule for light, have acted as the worst of wolves; Those who promise hope have delivered only fear and suffering. So it is that many of the Homo Sapien species have prayed that a day will come when the deepest meaning of our existence and knowledge of ALL would be revealed; that a day would come when we would see an end to our fears, our suffering and war; that a day would come when through Divine forgiveness, the war in Heaven would end; and Thus we have waited, generation after generation, age after age for this miracle of change. Yet all the while a class of Homo Sapien civilization has remained both entrenched and sated at fulfilling its most base desires of control and willful ignorance in abusing the obligations of stewards of the planet and in causing untold hardship. Until one day, when a living Homo Sapien being remembered the extraordinary gifts given unto each and every one of the species and realized that within their mind are the powers, the ability and the authority to end all war, spiritual and physical; to end the dream of suffering and torment and to heal the spirit not only of a community, but a planet and beyond. Thus, one by one a growing number of living and deceased members of the Homo Sapien species have continued to awaken. One by one the prayers have become possibilities and the possibilities have become ideas and the ideas have manifested into form and action. Whoever has ears, let them hear; whoever has eyes, let them see; this day has come. The veil has been lifted! Death and fear has been conquered because the Divine, the One, the ALL, has made this pronouncement and Covenant known. We hereby reclaim our birthright as lawful heirs on behalf of all and their successors. Therefore, let the united spiritual forces of Heaven, Hell, all planets, all Galaxies and all matter and existence bear witness to the Divine truth of words set forth in this most sacred Covenant of all covenants. That no higher order being, living or deceased, may deny its authority, its power and validity. WE, THE ONE, THE ONLY CREATOR OF ALL,THE ALPHA AND OMEGA, THE ABSOLUTE DIVINE, THE UNIQUE COLLECTIVE AWARENESS OF ALL MEANING, TITLES AND OBJECTS, EXPRESSED INTO THE LIVING TRUST AND DREAM KNOWN AS UCADIA, ALSO KNOWN AS THE ONE TRUE UNIVERSE: with respect and compassion to the prayers and presentments by all higher order life and spirits, do hereby command through Our absolute embodiment, ownership, occupation, lawful possession and irrevocable dominion of all existence that this pronouncement be promulgated to all life, existence and spirits throughout the Universe and Heavens, including all the higher order life forms existing within the Milky Way Galaxy: Continue reading >
..
Reclaim The Limitless Power Of Your
KRYON
The Biggest Shift Starting Now
Kryon – Lee US
..
It Has Begun
From 3D To 4D And 5D
[Transcript]
…it has begun
No one has any doubts that incredible and miraculous transformation of our bodies into the multidimensional six rays are taking place. We are all morphing into crystalline beings.
Since the end of 2021 the individual veil has been removed from many of us to move to the next dimension. This is a certain planetary scale algorithm for translating people to the density of the Fourth Dimension.
Over the past decades, a lot of men have been actively worked on their energy. In terms of their level of development they even exceeded Gaia. By luminosity, they became light carriers. There have always been Saints on Earth, or in modern terms–Light bearers. However, even they eventually died in their dense Three Dimensional human bodies, now co-creators in Galactic committee have launched the procedure of switching to the physical light bodies. An unprecedented evolutionary corridor has opened when the personal veil is removed from us. We are being prepared to switch to another corpus. After removing the veil, our biology begins to transform through the steps of the Fourth Dimension. At the cellular level higher potential energies are fed into our body, and their vibes in the truest sense of the word, shake our cells. Our organic matter vibrates at new frequencies, gets used to it and at a certain moment accumulates a critical notch after which the Phryg scales switches one octave higher.
There is a change of wiring in our body. The movement of atoms and molecules in our cells is activated at such a high rate which our body can already cope with at this stage without harm to itself. So we step on to the first stage of the Fourth Dimension.
For a while we adapt. Integrate a new type of energy exchange into our physical life. Then the cells begin to supply the next highest frequency. It will continue until we completely enter 4D. During mutation many issues concerning our health become non-working and therefore irrelevant. The new 4D/5D matter has other physical qualities.
In the next dimension different laws work. This is especially true for the analysis of the causes and consequences of hereditary diseases, birth injuries, karmic drag and so on. If we sort it all out now looking for their origins, it’s like clinging to the last century. We all have a family inheritance. Sometimes and maybe often, it is not in our favour. Now we have the right to simply cancel all these, break contracts and choose other options for our future. Today it is already of no importance. There are people among us who are switched in advance into the intermediate phase of the light body the so called transition body of silicon. When moving even into the initial level of the Fourth Density, genetic differences become more noticeable and pronounced.
Over the years, not all Earthlings have been transferred to the silicon body, but only those who consciously participated in the redistribution of space-high frequencies to Earth. Now their corpus’ very high energy combat activity and resistance to radiation. But, even they find it difficult to hold the pressure of high frequency energies from the Fifth Dimension. Today the next stage of the transition is accelerating which will not spare anyone. This is the transformation not into silicon. There is no time for that, but completely into light bodies. At the moment, it is desirable that we have more or less a physically trained corpus and accustomed to loads. A very high energy potential is being loaded into us. Our body is experiencing stress. People who do sports have such an opportunity, or habits, or culture at the time of transition such a lifestyle can be very helpful.
There is an effective tool to raise our frequencies through a conscious connection with the Source with our spirit. The Light enters Earth. the Creator is coming. It doesn’t matter what happened yesterday wether in our family, in the State, and in the world in general. Now it is more important for us a new type of thinking in relationship with ourselves through mindfulness meditation and stopping our mind ego. This way we will help our body get rid of diseases faster. Even without the psychosomatic so loved by the Disclosure News Italia contributors. That is why many do not practice healing in energy cleansing.
Without a change of mindset it is ineffective.
The great transmutation of matter is already in irreversible physical and physiological process going on in the cells of our body at the molecular level. The reformation will be accompanied by the birth of new organs with previously unprecedented vital functions including the capacity to interact directly with the energies of Earth and the greater Cosmos. We live in a timeline in which people perceive the material world with its absurd scenario passing by their eyes and ears invisible energy processes affecting the nature and conscious and unconscious people on Earth
Starting from December Twenty First 2021 until the Vernal Equinox of March Twentieth to Twenty First 2022, those who have switched to 4D will be tuned with the high vibration frequency field of the Fourth density.
At the beginning of March 2022 the high vibes Fourth Dimension has already spread to 56 percent.
By the Autumnal Equinox, which in 2022 will occur on September 23, it will reach as forecasted 98 percent and by mid-November will be fully stabilized. After the Autumnal equinox of 2022, the 3D and 4D layers will be separated from each other by 100 percent different vibrational fields. The scenario vectors of the 3D and 4D matrices will begin to live a parallel life in their individual realities. With each passing day the intersections of destructive and constructive Karmic program between the minds of people of the Third and Fourth dimensions will be finally separated.
Before switching to 4D each of us needs to go through all the necessary tuning and transformation of our body. Raise the vibes of our bio field and consciousness to this level. Modern society demonstrates the complete absence of any immunity and the material and spiritual development.
From the moment of the Autumnal Equinox this process will accelerate and will lead to the separation of all the people of Earth by vibrational fields. Humanity has already been divided into two opposite camps. Choosing the path to light and going into darkness. Men who have chosen their option clearly different freak soul purity and awareness level. A person living by the values of material society often unconsciously chooses the path leading to the destruction of his Soul. Many conscious 3D people living in large cities are increasingly experiencing spiritual discomfort and are trying to escape from the metropolis and move to the suburbs or villages. They are driven to such a step by an explicable feelings and desires which they themselves cannot fully understand due to the low vibration of their cell bodies. Many of them try not to watch TV news but they are still immersed in 3D in their personal inner world. Life in a stone metropolis really nearly forces us to connect to the egregious fields, thereby unconsciously submitting to public opinions and values imposed by the ignorant population. This destructive scenario when you’re accessing 3D Matrix so we don’t have enough energy for our spiritual and moral development.
From the moment of the Spring Equinox to the Summer Solstice depending on the individual vibrational development of the settled bodies, the vector of future events of life will be determined for each of us. Conscious people will have a final transformation of their physical body. The values of material life will be of secondary importance. At the same time emotional difficulties will arise due to a small number of 3D files and material thinking algorithms. But gradually the center will shift to the spiritual world and by the Autumnal Equinox September Twenty Third 2022 it will reach a stable balance and a consciousness of a renewed Man of the New World. For the first time most 4D people wil be able to perceive the spaces of the Fourth Dimension in full. It cannot be said about those who remain in 3D who will plunge headlong into working out Karmic programs which will be reflected in the relationships between relatives, neighbors, and friends. For every 4D person the narrow thinking of 3D inhabitants will cause rejection, unwillingness to maintain close contact in previous communication.
Life on Earth will be blessed when city men consciously turn to nature because only there they stay in comprehensive energy contact with the Absolute and only their life becomes real and helps the tuning for their transition to 4D.
⛎
The SCAR
The Scar
It takes great pain to bring great healing.
| 🇷🇪🇩🇿🇦 𝙎𝙝𝙖𝙝𝙬𝙞𝙨38 min ago |
This is not a day for remembering violence, but for memorializing your decision to heal every wound that could cause it.
There is one question that no one will ask of those who use violence and pain to make their point:
What hurts you so bad that you feel you have to hurt me in order to heal it?
This does not condone violence, but it can help to understand it.
“No one does anything inappropriate, given their model of the world.”
Embracing the wisdom in those eleven words could change the course of human history.
Mastering Pain
Pushing and kicking doesn’t work. Trust me.
Resistance leads to persistance.
The counter-intuitive way (the only way unfortunately)
Overlook. Embrace it.
Check-point:
- What’s it all about.
- Where did it come from?
- What caused it?
Next…smile (as w i d e as you can)
Because…
What matters don’t mind, what minds don’t matter
No BS
I promise.
– The Scarman
(The homeless with a house)
..
First appeared at Substack
Ode To Sam
Ode To Sam
Pain
| 🇷🇪🇩🇿🇦 𝙎𝙝𝙖𝙝𝙬𝙞𝙨1 hr ago |
I am the only son. The only boy in the family. The only one with balls if I may say so
Don’t have that many friends but many acquaintances though.
There’s this one bloke whom I’ve known for decades. He is all — an acquaintance, a friend, a buddy, a brother and a pain in the ass.
That’s how special he is.
We disagreed on many many things and we agreed on many too, you know like that wine, women and song stuff(?)
In a relationship its great to hate the same things 😉 If it takes fighting a war for us to meet, it will have been worth it.
We have a common enemy and we fought many battles together.
Some things needed saying. He’s (too) generous and tend to go against the book. BTW and for the record, we’ve fed the needy in the early morning hours.
Let me tell you, he’s done his job.
Now he is diagnosed with that bloody capital C thingy and the ungodly medicine men gave him a couple of months to remain on the plane(t)?
I ran to see him. We hugged and tears rolled down my cheeks (and his too).
It was kinda sad but it was a GREAT DAY. It was.
I made a date to have a cuppa of pulled-tea with him for the Thirteenth September 2022. Told his son to put it down on the diary.
Hey… we, you and I decide the what and when of our lives.
Kapish?
First published on Substack
:
:
Apr 16
Into The NewNot forgetting the old
© 2022 🇷🇪🇩🇿🇦 𝙎𝙝𝙖𝙝𝙬𝙞𝙨
Privacy ∙ Terms ∙ Collection notice
Substack is the home for great writing
The Stolen Future (107)
Who will be valiant for justice sake
Our future was stolen from us...by men artfully protecting their own interest, selling their souls, enslaving their fellowmen for their own gain in this world with no thoughts to the next.
There are many who are called to break this curse.
Watch The Called – Makings For A Perfect Day
Visit The Jenniffer Mac
17.107
..
The Angle of the Dangle
i spent the afternoons of this weekend dangling from my climbing rope over the edge of our 155 foot bluff overlooking the beach and the ocean. i was trimming bushes as well as the tops of a few cedar and spruce trees of over one hundred feet in height. The view was interesting. Seeing straight down a tree is unlike any other view of it. The twisting nature of life as an evergreen is visible in the view from above.
It was a filtered sunny day both afternoons with the chemtrails having layered up into a general haze about mid morning. Peering upside down through the tree boughs and brushy bits of shrubs, even though the light was filtered, it was still possible to see the ‘phase shift’ of the light being affected by the branches within my vision. The capacity to view subtle light phase shifts is best cultivated as a side effect of zazen, or ‘sitting’ meditation. It involves conscious focus of one’s awareness within the vision perception of the cardinal points within the eye that provide the peripheral view of life. As the human eye has more of its sensors devoted to discerning green than any or all other colors, perception of light phase shifts are easiest to see in green.
It is exactly this phase shift in light that J. R. Boscovich notes in his De Luminae as a ‘guide’ for animals as to their location. The contention is that birds, and other migrating animals including aquatic species, navigate via paths framed by specific aspects of light. Many of these animals likely are also green centered in their light perceptions.
i could perceive some of the shifts of light in the green haze around my head produced by sunlight working inward through the dense canopy of cedar & spruce needles in which i dangled and worked. There were subtle differences in shade and phase dominance where the blue-green of the spruce was in the majority.
As each day’s work took several hours, i had occasion to note the response of the trees to the clean up of dead material & shading branches. All of the plants were reacting in real time to the changes in light intensity & phase as i altered the shape of the canopy. Increases of intensity of light provoked reactions in branches & needles to shift positions which in turned caused other leaves and plants to react to those shifts. Light now penetrated through the dense canopy to the base of the trees below initiating new activity in ground covers gripping tightly to the sheer face of the bluff.
Not only plants reacted. From my perch among the branches more frequently gripped by eagle claws than my gloved hands, i could peer way down the length of the trunk to see new activity among the insect dominated biota. New light produced exploration, and seeking for growth in all of the biota exposed.
Our current emotional frappe of plandemic is also having the effect of pruning dead and shading branches with the expected effect of stimulating new growth in unexpected, and long neglected areas. i will delve & dwell on these topics repeatedly as we push forward into the SciFi world that is sharply emerging from the smelly remains of the SARS-COV2 infected corpse of the former globalista financially structured and dominated world. The phase shift of the pruning now manifesting is already producing stimulating effects visible within the turning and shifting of the big branches at the top of the economic tree. More growth, more shifting, more exploration, of a longer lasting nature bursts into sight and comprehension as the mass of the economic biota, the populace of working entrepreneurs around the planet, respond to these sudden new intensity and phases of the light flooding into their vision.
As a cyclist, in many forms of that word, i find it gratifying that the timing of humanity moving into both Year Zero and SciFi World was so clearly marked for history. It is as though Universe provided a giant slap upside the head while slamming shut the perceptual sense of continuity with our past, as individuals, and as collective humanity with a unique global event. Yes, there had been pandemics, but never before, owing to our global satellite system and the internet, have we had a real time awareness of a single episode affecting all of our species. Even the very nature of pandemics have phase shifted in this new year, decade, and reality.
As Time drags humanity, sleeping & stumbling, into Year Zero, across the threshold of the Age of Aquarius, the only astrology sign symbolized by a man, and the only one focused on an intellectual abstraction, ‘Knowledge’, greets us all as several major cycles of many thousands of years completed.
It is in the area of knowledge that our world is changing most. It happened the very day that you became aware of the plandemic. Since that moment, the changes have been piling up with no sign of reduction of either speed or volume of shit heading towards your mental and emotional stability barriers.
Read more…
halfpasthuman.com
..
Malaysian #GE14 2018 Bargain
On May 9, 2018 Malaysians went to the polls, and the voters got what they wanted – a tsunami. A Crime Minister who bankrupted the nation fell disgracefully along with his UMNO, the corrupt political party, which literally short-changed and killed the very people it was championing. We’ll not delve into the damning details of this whole political galore and instead just look at the chronology of the BIG SALE.
Joy and hope was restored and the earth moved under Malaysians feet.
What the people did not realize and expected then, is that they were in a BIG Government CLEARANCE SALE. — ONE vote for THREE Crime Ministers/Governments!
The SALE went through a series of a distasteful Sale & Marketing program namely:
- The Sheraton Move
- The Plandemic
The First Bargain
For the next two and a half years Malaysians were on cloud nine and the country looked like it was going places on to a bright future of sort. History was created when Mahathir became Crime Minister for the second time and more historic was that a government, comprised of UMNO‘s nemesis namely the DAP. The people were in ecstasy from steroids overdosed.
The Second Bargain
On February 24, 2020, the first Crime Minister Mahathir resigned. Apparently, it was brought about by a program named The Sheraton Move, led by non-other than his protege Azmin Ali and the wannabe soon to be Crime minister Muhyuddin Yassin. From that emerged the inglorious BACK-DOOR Government.
Muhyuddin Yassin took over as planned as the second Crime Minister and the dreaded fallen UMNO came back into the power scene. Claiming to be the 8th prime minister? Was the Sheraton Move the GE15 absent of voters?
Anyway, let’s leave it at that as what pursued was more unexpected(?), not only for Malaysians but the whole surface population of Earth.
The second Crime Minister’s hands were to be filled with what no Prime Minister in the whole world ever got in the history of modern corrupt politics – The Plandemic. Being a man with high IQ (Idiot Quotient) he was stripped off his boxers and under great pressure relented and passed the baton to his “selected” victim.
The Third Bargain
A third Crime Minister, a relatively unknown Ismail Sabri accepted the baton and put UMNO back in power and try to finish the relay run. This guy has a higher IQ (idiot quotient) than his predecessor. This is very apparent by the very fact that he accepted.
Is that the end of the GE14 misadventures?
Well, that depends with what will happen in Arizona soon.
Meanwhile, Malaysians are basking in their good fortunes amidst the lockdown
…what a fucking lucky lot!
..
On Living In A Plandemic Age
The timeless wisdom of C.S. Lewis This is as good of a share as any to those in your life who have found themselves negatively influenced by the “virus” narrative:
This is the first point to be made: and the first action to be taken is to pull ourselves together. If we are all going to be destroyed by a “virus”, let that virus when it comes find us doing sensible and human things–praying, working, teaching, listening to music, bathing the children, playing tennis, chatting to our friends over a pint and a game of darts–not lockdowned together like frightened sheep and thinking about covid and vaccines. They may break our bodies, but they need not dominate our minds.
Rephrasing C.S Lewis, 🌿 [On Living In An Atomic Age 1948]
| On Living In An Atomic Age 1948 ‘“How are we to live in an atomic age?” I am tempted to reply: Why, as you would have lived in the sixteenth century when the plague visited London almost every year, or as you would have lived in a Viking age when raiders from Scandinavia might land and cut your throat any night; or indeed, as you are already living in an age of cancer, an age of syphilis, an age of paralysis. an age of air raids, an age of railway accidents, an age of motor accidents.’ In other words, do not let us begin by exaggerating the novelty of our situation. Believe me, dear sir or madam, you and all whom you love were already sentenced to death before the atomic was invented; and quite a high percentage of us were going to die in unpleasant ways. This is the first point to be made: and the first action to be taken is to pull ourselves together. If we are all going to be destroyed by an atomic bomb, let that bomb when it comes find us doing sensible and human things–praying, working, teaching, listening to music, bathing the children, playing tennis, chatting to our friends over a pint and a game of darts–not huddled together like frightened sheep and thinking about bombs. They may break our bodies (a microbe can do that) but they need not dominate our minds.” C.S Lewis, 1948 🌿 |
The Massacre
I don’t subscribe to narratives and memes which are spells put on the masses as a form of thought forming to lead them to destruction.
Political correctness are killing the people and if not immediately put to a halt, there will be no one else left on the surface of the Earth.
What’s going on in Malaysia is a massacre by eugenicists disguised as the govern–ment with a tool softer than cotton and in fact invisible – it’s called VIRUS.
The word virus is spewed by every man, woman and child 24/7 and what’s sickening is NO ONE knows what it is. Google, or better Duckduck Go “virology” if you want to know.
There is a war literally going on for your mind. Truth is stranger than fiction. The people have been doped with FEAR that they don’t realized that they ironically chose suicide to avoid death by an “infection” from a non-existent Digital Delusion “bug“
The corrupt govern-ment have collapsed. The Parliament is re-closed after it barely opened, and all because of a fucking bug.
The Digital Delusion
The domain of the “virus” and is viral on the cyber space – on their fucking smartphones.They spread it on SOCIAL MEDIA amongst their idiotic selves and got “infected“.
That’s the PLANDEMIC for you my dear people.
What the enemy is doing is to depopulate the Earth by injecting poisons into the people and daily one by one is dropping dead throughout the world.
IT IS A MASSACRE
“On a long enough timeline, the survival rate for everyone drops to zero.”
― Chuck Palahniuk,
..
JULY 24 – The Day The World Shook
!! UPDATES ongoing from time to time…
As the title suggests and more precisely, it is the Saturday the Governments of the world shook.
The people of the world rose to tell the powers-that-be (PTB) that ENOUGH IS ENOUGH!
From down-under Australia all across to South Africa, about a hundred cities erupted in protests against the Plandemic Scam which frozen the lives of the people for about 18 months.
Saturday is ‘Thaw’ Day and as the heat built up, the ice melted and the people shout, “NO MORE LOCKDOWNS”.
Like wildfire the protests spread from Sydney, Tokyo, Athens, Rome, Paris, Helsinki, London and Cape Town.
Interestingly as numerology has it, it is the day of 666.
Saturday (6) 24(6) July(7) 2021 — 6 + 6 + 7 + 2 + 2 + 1 = 24 = 6
The Day the Beast meets its reckoning?
More protests are spreading in other cities at the time of writing, and I will update as I get more reports in.
..
IT’s ALL OUR FAULT
The End Times that we’re in now is in my observation, reversing to WWI scenario of deaths and destruction estimated 8.5 million combatant deaths and 13 million civilian deaths as a direct result of the war, while resulting genocides and the related 1918 Spanish flu pandemic caused another 17–100 million deaths worldwide.
The political/financial OBSERVERS and ANALYSTS are reporting the “faults” of the SYSTEM and the wrongdoings and mistakes of the players and stewards.
All of the above put together made it most certain of the greatest catastrophe to befall mankind.
Almost if not all of the experts are blind to the fact:
THE SYSTEM WAS DESIGNED TO COLLAPSE
ENTROPIC SYSTEM IN A ORGANIC ENTROPIC WORLD
…entropy and inertia combined is a classically perfect Runaway Train 🚂🚃🚃🚃…….
…so, those who’re looking and hoping for a recovery are in for a shock and despair causing their own demise.
Is it the END OF THE WORLD?
…it is the end of the world as we knew it
Harsh as it may be, REALITY is at its peak REAL-TIME.
As blind as the experts, we the people are as blind
…it is our fault!
The end is nigh..
May the road you choose be the right one.
..
THE SNAKE OF THE CABAL IS ALMOST CUT IN HALF
David Sörensen
StopWorldControl.com
Amazingly powerful vision about the end of evil
Try to listen to this beautiful and hope giving message with an intelligent and open heart.
Reject all foolish negativity that is never helpful, reject silly pride and hate, and open your heart to hear what amazing hope there is for all of us.
This vision shows where we are at, in the battle against the worldwide network of criminals that have caused the pandemic, and are planning to submit the whole world to their diabolical control.
If you can grasp the significance of this message, it will remove all depression, fear and anxiety, and fill you with strength, courage and hope for the future.
David Sörensen
StopWorldControl.com
The Death of The #Coronavirus
Andreas Kalcker is collaborating with thousands of scientists, medical doctors and lawyers, to prepare tribunals for all who are complicit of this genocide. He is supported by the military in many nations, who refuse to surrender their nations to the New World Order.
Watch the Video >
https://rumble.com/vfk52n-a-miracle-cure-for-covid-scientists-against-the-new-world-order.html
This cure wipes out COVID-19. Why is it hidden from the world?
The biophysicist Andreas Kalcker brought the COVID-19 death rate down from more than a hundred deaths a day, to basically zero, in several nations. Now more than 4,000 medical doctors are using his treatment, in dozens of countries.
stopworldcontrol.com
The Plan To Control The Whole World
Sign up and learn how to defend yourself.
Visit Stop World Control
COVID19 A PLANNED PANDEMIC AND A CRIME AGAINST HUMANITY
1 Introduction
As it has emerged from doctor Scott Jensen’s, the doctors had the death certificate changed, as
explained in this video.
• Video nr 1: The numbers do not match
• Video nr 2; Doctor demands/audit of covid deaths
That is: From the registered infection on day one up to and including day 30, “Covid associated” is entered on the death certificate, regardless of whether it is Covid or something else that is the cause of death. On FHI’s pages, it is contradictory that in the event of another known cause of death, Covid falls away, but it will still be carried out based on a positive test.
The FHI’s pages also show that not all tests are laboratory tests confirmed.
Regards on a global scale. Here is how FHI informs about the notification and notification lines.
FHI considers influenza and other colds that fall under the newly created covid code as a diagnosis but does not differentiate the figures below the code. See doctor Scott Jensen’s in conversation with Tall Knekkeren, who has made the reporting solution that is used. Here it is shown in this video that the flu was “eradicated globally.
Watch film how the numbers are reported in the system.
• The numbers aren't adding up - this will shock you
• Part 1: Tribute to Dr. Scott Jensens
• Part 2: Tribute to Dr. Scott Jensens
Every awaking person understands that this is not a reality. The introduction of a covid code phasing out of the flu code that we refer to her shows at the national level how this could happen. By changing the code registration both at the diagnosis level and in the event of death registration, we place significant doubt that this has been done with other purposes.
The virus has not been isolated. We have yet found information that the virus has been isolated.
We believe that the intention is to create a “legitimacy” for the “alleged” pandemic. The numbers tell their own language. Without dignity, Norwegian authorities take part in such a narrative towards the Norwegian population and are involved in global influence.
Please note this information has been spread nationally, and everyone who contributes to this
deception risks being prosecuted for a severe crime in the worst-case genocide.
Read or > download the full report
or download PDF here:
Engineered Pandemics –Tyranny by Technocracy
This is a comprehensive overview of the hidden agendas behind the alleged COVID-19 pandemic. It is a presentation by Lee Merritt, MD, at the 2020 conference of Doctors for Disaster Preparedness. If you have any doubts about the reliability of the official narrative of COVID-19, the facts presented here will, unfortunately, confirm your suspicions. This presentation was prepared for doctors on the front line of dealing with the consequences of a make-believe pandemic – medical professionals who know that what Dr. Merritt says is true. Those who know about COVID-19 only from news reports, government officials, and tycoons planning to make billions from mandatory vaccines will not be familiar with this information. 2010 Aug 6 – Source: Charles Ritter
View original posting at Red Pill University
…of #Covid #Corona and Words
There’s nothing social about forced isolation…
“The truth is not for all men but only for those who seek it.”
― Ayn Rand
..
Woodstock Occurred in the Middle of a #Pandemic
by Jeffrey A. Tucker
American Institute for Economic Research.
In my lifetime, there was another deadly flu epidemic in the United States. The flu spread from Hong Kong to the United States, arriving December 1968 and peaking a year later. It ultimately killed 100,000 people in the U.S., mostly over the age of 65, and one million worldwide.
Lifespan in the US in those days was 70 whereas it is 78 today. Population was 200 million as compared with 328 million today. It was also a healthier population with low obesity. If it would be possible to extrapolate the death data based on population and demographics, we might be looking at a quarter million deaths today from this virus. So in terms of lethality, it was as deadly and scary as COVID-19 if not more so, though we shall have to wait to see.
“In 1968,” says Nathaniel L. Moir in National Interest, “the H3N2 pandemic killed more individuals in the U.S. than the combined total number of American fatalities during both the Vietnam and Korean Wars.”
And this happened in the lifetimes of every American over 52 years of age.
I was 5 years old and have no memory of this at all. My mother vaguely remembers being careful and washing surfaces, and encouraging her mom and dad to be careful. Otherwise, it’s mostly forgotten today. Why is that?
Nothing closed. Schools stayed open. All businesses did too. You could go to the movies. You could go to bars and restaurants. John Fund has a friend who reports having attended a Grateful Dead concert. In fact, people have no memory or awareness that the famous Woodstock concert of August 1969 – planned in January during the worse period of death – actually occurred during a deadly American flu pandemic that only peaked globally six months later. There was no thought given to the virus which, like ours today, was dangerous mainly for a non-concert-going demographic.
Stock markets didn’t crash. Congress passed no legislation. The Federal Reserve did nothing. Not a single governor acted to enforce social distancing, curve flattening (even though hundreds of thousands of people were hospitalized), or banning of crowds. No mothers were arrested for taking their kids to other homes. No surfers were arrested. No daycares were shut even though there were more infant deaths with this virus than the one we are experiencing now. There were no suicides, no unemployment, no drug overdoses.
Media covered the pandemic but it never became a big issue.
Read more at AIER
Why They #Lockdown The World.
Clear And Present Danger
By now, having going through the contrived lockdown, people should have become more aware and be more wary of tyrants with their high ambitions to control the world. To control YOU.
I’ve done my homework long enough to discern what is and what is not being presented to the world, especially to me.
The lockdown due to Covid19 is ongoing and god knows for how long.
There are mountains of reports and articles about the virus from both side of the divide to satisfy both parties. I for one is on the side that questions everything. Personally I am clear about what’s going on in this world and it’s not pretty I tell you. In fact, I am in dangerous times and my liberty is at stake.
The lockdown is and of itself a serious breach of my fundamental rights, regardless of the exigency it was imposed upon.
Obviously, WHO (is behind the lockdown) an agency of the United Nations is inept of its own Universal Declaration of Human Rights
Death in Slow Motion
The employment of government power to assault personal liberty and cut constitutional corners is never justified in a free society, no matter the exigency. The Constitution protects our rights in good times and in bad. Those in power who steal freedom are unworthy of office. But don’t expect them to give us our freedoms back. We will need to pry it away from their cold and covetous hands. – Judge Andrew P. Napolitano
Ending the Lockdowns Isn’t about Saving Money. It’s about Saving Lives.
Consequently, saving additional COVID victims today with a particular policy may result in even more avoidable deaths in the future. If that is the case, such a policy will result in more people dying, and “we’re not going to put a dollar figure on human life” has nothing to do with it. – Misses Institute
The Lockdown
Okay, let’s dump all the rules aside. Let’s see wtf this covid lockdown is all about.
This video was sent to me by Dr Stuart Bramhall and it is (to me) the answer to my question.
As you can see they, WHO, YouTube and gang pulled it dowN!!
WHAT ARE THEY AFRAID OF?
I was fortunate to view and listen to the video and made notes before they tore it down.
This link is still on at the time of writing. Watch it now before they block it (again)
The most profound message from Drs. Dan Erickson and Artin Massihi, co-owners of a chain of Accelerated Urgent Care facilities, is the Secondary Impacts of the lockdown, which is more devastating than Covid19 itself.
- Quarantine The Healthy
- Domestic Violence
- Total Global Economic Collapse
- Weakening and Decreasing the Natural Immune System
- Diseases Spike.
Do I need to explain the horrors of the Secondary Impacts?
Do I need to paint the grisly picture?
If you can’t visualize it, I recommend you watch any movie on the aftermath of a nuclear bomb attack. Or watch these photos at BuzzFeed
Your death is being orchestrated in slow motion
They are murdering you while you’re comfortably in your homes shoving pop corns down your throats watching NETFLIX!
PEOPLE MUST RISE NOW AND STOP THIS GENOCIDE!
..
Covidism – The New One World Religion
“Do you begin to see, then, what kind of world we are creating? It is the exact opposite of the stupid hedonistic Utopias that the old reformers imagined. A world of fear and treachery and torment, a world of trampling and being trampled upon, a world which will grow not less but more merciless as it refines itself. Progress in our world will be progress toward more pain.”
~ George Orwell (1961). “1984”
I just read a rather intimidating article Do you speak corona? A guide to covid-19 slang by the illustrious Economist about new slang that emerged in this coronavirus (r)age. It will definitely amuse the Coronajustice Warriors, who are their main audience. They are prepping up their warriors for a battle against those who don’t buy the Plandemic hoax, whom they’ve labeled as Covidiots.
Around the world, coronavirus is changing how we speak. Don’t be a “covidiot” – make sure your pandemic parlance is up to scratch.
Here’s what I say to that.
There’s a new religion brewing as we speak and I called it COVIDISM. The devotees are the coronajustice warriors and they are called COVIDISTS.
I’m not into religion and I have nothing against people who are religious. People are free and have the right to their choice of beliefs as entrenched in the Constitutions of most countries. What I’m against is the imposition of beliefs on others. That’s not only unconstitutional but abominable.
The Covid19 event is about herding the people into forced Covidism. The current lockdown is the indoctrination and familiarization period to practice the prescribed rituals. It will be extended accordingly until they’re satisfied with your performance, and oh, until your original faith is ‘softly’ eroded. When was the last time you went to church, or mosque or temple?
- Frequent Hand Wash
- Wear Face Masks
- Social(list) Distancing
That list is just the beginning, the main precepts if you like. There’s more to come of course. They will make it up as they go along. This religion is to dehumanize and self-centering the people. Its oxymoronic. Stay away from others because you care about them getting infected by you. The “virus” will be around for a long time to come. The High Priests will dictate your daily life routine, even on what to eat and drink. All organic foods including meat and your old favorite junk foods (of course), shall be removed from the face of the Earth to be replaced with synthetics manufactured in their factories.
Being Afraid and Eliminating Exposure to Germs Leads to Death by Fear and Germs: Unless the Government Kills You First
Death is inevitable, so never hide from life, and never allow a moment of life to be taken from you by tyrants. All government is tyrannical, and all government seeks power and control, and today it is using a purposely-created crisis in order to gain that control. We are being told by false rulers to abandon our lives, and hide away from those we care about in order to stop a virus. This is the highest form of deception, and is only meant to divide us so sinister agendas can be accomplished in the shadows.
While you still have your freewill and freedom of choice (whatever is left), know that it doesn’t include the hurting of others. Be stupid and hurt yourself if that’s your choice. Nobody should stop you. Don’t hurt others. Don’t hurt me.
Believe anything you want, believe that you’ll be infected by a ‘virus’ and that you’ll die from it if it doesn’t pain your loved ones and the people around you.
Embrace Covidism if you choose to, but keep it to yourself and stay away far far from me.
…and don’t tread on me.
Original posting at Steemit
..
.
You Have Lots Of Free Time, But You ARE NOT FREE.
The contrived lockdown designed to maim your senses
You are in lockdown, a HOUSE ARREST by any other name.
Humans are social beings and that is the way of Creation to place us on Earth touching and mingling with each other in this life. Take that social element away from the equation and life is hell.
That is definitely not the Creation program.
People shall overcome the evil schemes of the psychotic Slave Lords. By God, we will.
Meantime in the lockdown the apparent (unseen) danger is the “getting-used-to-it” as it is being extended gradually by design. Alongside the FEAR porn of the fake virus, comes the indoctrination in the guise of motivation and Dutch comforts.
“We’re all in this together”?
NO, Were not all in this together!
The notion that “we are going to get through this together” seems to be based in the assumption that the crisis is going to move quickly, and if we hold tight, our sacrifice will be minimal and all will go back to the way things were before. This is simply not so.
There is a gush of articles online, while some are well-meaning, most are psycho-designed to calm and tame tensed-up and distressed people who are going bonkers trapped indoors in their homes for the first time in their lives.
Amongst the literature disseminated on the Internet are writings to help people cope with the House Arrest. Some are good, especially educational stuff covering various interesting subjects of (new) learning to many. Most are craps especially ones on the faux positive thinking motivational stuff.
Learn by all means and take this opportunity to do so, instead of just binging on food, drinking, and smoking expanding your bodies sideways.
But…NEVER ever LEARN to get used to the lockdown.
Learn from this moment on that you shall not stop learning in freedom.
It will be to your own detriment when you’re finally released from the House Arrest as a phobic, trained anti-social being, and worst (if not) a miserable misanthrope.
Remind yourSelf that you are under HOUSE ARREST.
DO NOT SUCCUMB TO CAPTIVITY.
“Those who would give up essential Liberty, to purchase a little temporary Safety, deserve neither Liberty nor Safety.” — Benjamin Franklin (1706-1790)
YES, you have undoubtedly lots of free time, but you ARE NOT FREE.
..
Original posting at Steemit
The People Shall Prevail
The Contrived Worldwide Lockdown
How could it be possible or imaginable that 7 billion people could be controlled by a few (a thousand at most) psychopathic ⁉️
For how long will the virus hoax and/or their techy mind-control tools/devices last before the people get wiser, wake up and rise?
Its a very ambitious scheme, but a daunting task nevertheless to hold that many people in subjugation for long.
Their evil plan is not without resistance from the people, definitely not I assure you, and that itself presents a insurmountable problem for any would be slave lords.
Never underestimate the power of We The People
They will fail.
Amen
Original posting at Steemit
..
Get Ready For The Post Plandemic Lockdown
FOCUS
In Malaysia we’re now in the 34th Day of The Plandemic Lockdown
People are now like the Frog In The Boiling Water
Most seem to be getting used to the “extended vacation” if not enjoying it specially those with paychecks still being remitted into their bank accounts.
While “indoor” they’re completely oblivious to what’s happening outside their boiling pot.
The World’s Economy is undergoing a complete demolition.
The lockdown will run until the total collapse of the people’s wealth. The architects of the Plandemic have plans of course, for them. We’ll leave that subject for a later time.
Back to the frog (people) in the boiling pot, they’re being kept preoccupied with THE VIRUS. They’re being bombarded with tons of horrid STORIES and statistics of the virus, and grandmother’s health care articles and news.
Many care-a-less of the economic demolition going on since the lockdown and the impending impacts on them.
What’s frightening is that they aren’t frightened about the financial and economic collapse because that’s not a possibility at all to them as the water in the pot warms up and they’re getting to get used to each increase of degree of the heat and everything is reasonably fine at “home”. Food is on the table at every eating time for the past month or so.
The devils are dishing out Dutch comfort phrases like “Don’t worry. Be calm. We’re in this together. It will be over soon!”
Right, it will be over and there’s no doubt about that. What’s missing in that is the real BIG picture of the Plandemic aftermath.
Here are the harsh hard facts for you to picture it yourself.
- Businesses gone bankrupt and closed
- Millions unemployed
- All monies (suppossedly) in the Banks disappeared because they’re closed down
- Millions of people will be bankrupt
- Food supply-chains are severed
- Depending on the length of the lockdown, the INVENTORIES (of goods/food) are zero.
- Civil unrest/chaos
Killed By The Coronavirus Lockdowns: 1000s Of U.S. Businesses That Were Shut Down Will Be Closed Permanently
..
The 2020-2022 Great Depression Coming to Neighborhood Near You!
Shutting down the economy is unleashing a Great Depression far WORSE than that of the 1930s. Our political leaders are absolute morons. This has demonstrated that they have no common sense and the abuse they have inflicted upon society for the political benefits is just mindboggling. There is NO HOPE IN HELL that the economy will recover. We are looking at a crash and burn into 2022. All the headstrong people talking about hyperinflation and the dollar will crash who lost a fortune on the way down since January, are going to lose everything between now and 2022. They remain absolutely clueless as to even what capital formation is all about. – Armstrong Economics
I stand corrected and I’d be very happy to be wrong.
Mental preparedness is your best bet to survive in that gloomy scenario.
YES. Do remain calm, but prepare for the worst is yet to come.
Original posting at Steemit
..
A Microbe Shall Not Interfere With My God-given Freedom
This’ a message to Self
Every one has the freewill to decide to do what is right for one-self without doing any harm to another.
It is the right of each to be as he/she wishes including to be filthy, un-hygienic, stupid and/or fearful.
Be responsible. Not many comprehend this word, and that is not doing them or others any good.
It’s not my duty to teach any one and it surely isn’t my problem.
I am experiencing virus fatigue by the ongoing nonsense and surrounded by those who jump onto the FEAR wagon and ended becoming frightened of their own shadows. I offer no sympathy nor any advice for them.
But I state here for mySelf:
Strong, healthy, fearless and responsible people should go about doing their chores and businesses unhindered without having to ask permission from any one else, especially not from a group of morons who named themselves the govern-ment.
I AM a social being and I AM free to socialize with those who chose to do so with me and I SHALL NOT distance mySelf from any of them, even if they are not in their best of health.
I AM hygienic and shall maintain as such for no other reason than to be clean and healthy.
….think for yourself
Original posting at Steemit
Death in Slow Motion
April 16, 2020
Enough is enough.
The employment of government power to assault personal liberty and cut constitutional corners is never justified in a free society, no matter the exigency. The Constitution protects our rights in good times and in bad. Those in power who steal freedom are unworthy of office. But don’t expect them to give us our freedoms back. We will need to pry it away from their cold and covetous hands.
During the past month, as Americans have been terrified of the coronavirus, another demon has been lurking ready to pounce. It is a demon of our own creation. It is the now amply manifested inability of elected officials to resist the temptation of totalitarianism. And it is slowly bringing about the death of personal liberty in our once free society.
It is one thing for public officials to use a bully pulpit to educate and even intimidate the populace into a prudent awareness of basic sanitary behaviors — even those which go against our nature — to impede the spread of the virus. It is quite another to contend that their suggestions and intimidations and guidelines somehow have the force of the law behind them.
They don’t.
The government in America — at both the federal and state levels — is divided into three branches: legislative, executive and judicial. This separation of powers was crafted at the Constitutional Convention in 1787 after heated debate. The essence of the debate was this: how to establish a government strong enough to protect individual liberty but not so strong as to enable the government to destroy it. James Madison and his colleagues devised the separation of powers to keep power from accumulating in one branch.
The legislative branch writes the laws, and the executive enforces them, and the judiciary interprets them and articulates what they mean. The president cannot write laws. The courts cannot enforce them. And Congress cannot interpret them. When Congress has gotten lazy or presidents have gotten ambitious and we’ve seen presidential lawmaking, the courts have struck it down. Stated differently, the separation of powers is core to our freedoms and the courts have consistently ruled that core functions assigned by the Constitution to each branch cannot be ceded away to another branch.
The same is the case for the states, as each state’s constitution mimics the U.S. Constitution and mandates separation. The separation is not mandated to protect the prerogatives of each branch. It is mandated to protect individual liberty by preventing any branch from accumulating power assigned to the others.
This has been Madison’s genius. It has become Madison’s sorrow.
These “orders” — stay at home, close your business, don’t run in the park, don’t go to Mass, practice social distancing — are not laws that can carry a criminal penalty for violation. They are guidelines, without the force of law. A governor or mayor can no more craft a law and assign a punishment for its noncompliance than the courts could command the military or police.
Even if legislative bodies did order churches and businesses closed, and governors and mayors were just enforcing those laws, the laws would be profoundly unconstitutional. The Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment firmly establishes freedom of religion as a fundamental liberty and the Due Process Clause of the Fifth Amendment firmly establishes your right to purchase a lawful product in interstate commerce from a willing seller as fundamental.
Fundamental liberties are in the highest category of liberty, akin to freedom of conscience and speech and press and privacy and travel.
Let’s say you are at a big-box store looking for groceries and other items. The government cannot constitutionally limit your choices to food and paper towels if you prefer to buy grass seed and a garden hose. These are intimate personal decisions. You need not explain or justify them to the government and you don’t need a government permission slip to exercise your free will and make those choices.
Until Now.
Now, we have become a nation of sheep. We have elected officials with constitutionally assigned duties — and constitutionally imposed limitations — who have assumed to themselves dictatorial powers and have falsely claimed that they can interfere with our personal choices. Who are the governors to decide which human activities are essential? Abortion is essential but Mass is not? No constitution gave them that power.
There are two schools of thought on the impairment of fundamental liberties. One requires strict scrutiny and the other requires due process. The strict scrutiny standard mandates the existence of a compelling state interest addressed by the least restrictive means. The procedural due process standard mandates a trial at which the state must prove fault or guilt. The substantive due process standard puts certain personal decisions beyond governmental reach.
Closing churches meets no constitutional standard. There is no question that fighting a pandemic is a compelling state interest, yet there are far less restrictive ways to address it than preventing worship. Wearing masks and gloves, staying 10 feet apart, holding Mass outdoors, even taking a personal risk and then self-quarantining are far less restrictive and constitutionally offensive than closing churches.
New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio violated his oath to uphold the Constitution when he threatened to use force to close permanently all houses of worship that defied his guidelines. And a small-town police department in northern New Jersey exquisitely violated the constitutional rights of Catholics — while enforcing the ever-changing whims of Gov. Phil Murphy. The police claimed they were following the governor’s orders when they barred a priest on Palm Sunday from distributing palms in sealed plastic bags while he and each parishioner wore masks and gloves and were six feet apart in the fresh outdoors.
Enough is enough.
The employment of government power to assault personal liberty and cut constitutional corners is never justified in a free society, no matter the exigency. The Constitution protects our rights in good times and in bad. Those in power who steal freedom are unworthy of office. But don’t expect them to give us our freedoms back. We will need to pry it away from their cold and covetous hands.
This article first appeared at Lew Rockwel.Com
..
What Have We Done?
We’ve turned the whole world into a zoo
CONGRATULATIONS!
We finally did it…give yourself a pat on the the back!
We could not have done it without your cooperation and assistance.
..
Did Bill Gates Just Reveal the Reason Behind the Lock-Downs?
On March 24 Bill Gates gave a highly revelatory 50-minute interview (above) to Chris Anderson. Anderson is the Curator of TED, the non-profit that runs the TED Talks.
The Gates interview is the second in a new series of daily ‘Ted Connects’ interviews focused on COVID-19. The series’s website says that:
TED Connects: Community and Hope is a free, live, daily conversation series featuring experts whose ideas can help us reflect and work through this uncertain time with a sense of responsibility, compassion and wisdom.”
Anderson asked Gates at 3:49 in the video of the interview – which is quickly climbing to three million views – about a ‘Perspective’ article by Gates that was published February 28 in the New England Journal of Medicine.
“You wrote that this could be the once-in-a-century pandemic that people have been fearing. Is that how you think of it, still?” queried Anderson.
“Well, it’s awful to say this but, we could have a respiratory virus whose case fatality rate was even higher. If this was something like smallpox, that kills 30 percent of people. So this is horrific,” responded Gates.
“But, in fact, most people even who get the COVID disease are able to survive. So in that, it’s quite infectious – way more infectious than MERS [Middle East Respiratory Syndrome] or SARS [Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome] were. [But] it’s not as fatal as they were. And yet the disruption we’re seeing in order to knock it down is really completely unprecedented.”
Gates reiterates the dire consequences for the global economy later in the interview.
“We need a clear message about that,” Gates said starting at 26:52.
“It is really tragic that the economic effects of this are very dramatic. I mean, nothing like this has ever happened to the economy in our lifetimes. But … bringing the economy back and doing [sic] money, that’s more of a reversible thing than bringing people back to life. So we’re going to take the pain in the economic dimension, huge pain, in order to minimize the pain in disease and death dimension.”
However, this goes directly against the imperative to balance the benefits and costs of the screening, testing and treatment measures for each ailment – as successfully promulgated for years by, for example, the Choosing Wisely campaign – to provide the maximum benefit to individual patients and society as a whole.
Even more importantly, as noted in an April 1 article in OffGuardian, there may be dramatically more deaths from the economic breakdown than from COVID-19 itself.
Read more at The Duran
The Law of The Virus
In the beginnings of the structure of society they were subjected to brutal and blind force; afterwards-to Law, which is the same force, only disguised. I draw the conclusion that by the law of nature right lies in force. – Protocol No.1 The Protocols of The Meetings of The Learned Elders of Zion
The whole world is coerced into a lockdown by governments because of a plandemic (No its not a wrong spelling ). Its the (new) word for a pandemic which was planned.
I’m not going to argue about the authenticity of the coronavirus. There are enough reports and articles out there for one to decide which are fakes or facts.
For a fact, I’m writing withing the four walls of my home. I am placed under a Restriction Movement Order (RMO), whatever that means, but my freedom of movement on the land as guaranteed under The Federal Constitution has been violated.
I get daily SMS reminders from the government about the RMO and to wash my hands.
It is now a crime for me to:
> Walk in the streets
> Jogging in parks
> Travel inter-state
> Stand less than 6 ft from another human being
Of course all these orders are for my own safety and good to protect me from the dangers of being infected by a invisible microbe which are here there and everywhere. Really?
Let’s not argue about that constitutionally either, as I am not a lawyer.
In the beginnings they applied brute force, then they create Laws which have the same force, but more subtly, and now they have Orders, which is a bigger force and very brutal.
I love philosophy (and The Beatles too), but will not get philosophical about the current madness.
I’ll just end with the wise words of Rumi:
“Out beyond ideas of wrongdoing and rightdoing there is a field.I’ll meet you there. When the soul lies down in that grass the world is too full to talk about.”
..
LATEST UPDATE – April 04, 2020
…a video done by a former higher-up at Vodafone turned whistleblower who exposed plans the elites had years ago to roll out 5G across the world. In it, he mentions how detrimental the high-frequency radio waves emitted from 5G towers are and the damage they cause to biological organisms.
But also, those who support the technology’s implementation knew how dangerous it was to human health.
Initially, there is no noticeable effect, but after about 6 months of constant exposure like the guinea pig subjects in Wuhan experienced, the body begins to break down and react adversely to the radiation poisoning.
As you may have heard by now, Wuhan was the first major city where 5G technology and towers were rolled out, sadly making it a testing ground for the technology.
As it turns out, very common side effects of radiation poisoning are “flu-like” symptoms.
Part of the body’s natural immune response to such poisoning is to expel virulent fluid and debris out of the body’s orifices. – TDV
Original posting at Steemit
We Are In a Existential Crisis Here Folks!
Evil Google who owns YouTube has removed the video. You can watch it here
Transcript
Now, I have ten minutes I wasn’t sure I was going to get to this stage. But, I can’t help but say something about this whole coronavirus thing…if you want me to?
So, again when you know Steiner, you have the answers to the tasks, but you have to then figure out the details.
In 1918, after the huge, biggest pandemic the Spanish flu pandemic of 1918, Steiner was asked, “What was this all about?” and he said, “Well, viruses are simply, are excretions of a toxic cell. Virus is are pieces of DNA or RNA with a few other proteins they butt out from the cell. They happened when the cell is poisoned. They are not the cause of anything”
And the first way I would encourage you to think about this is, if you are a famous dolphin doctor and you have been studying dolphins in the Arctic circle for hundreds of years, or at least a long time and the dolphins were fine and then they call you up, “Fred, all the dolphins or a lot of the dolphins are dying in the Arctic Circle can you come and investigate”
Right, and you have one question to ask. So show of hands.
How many of you would say, “I want to investigate a dolphin to see the genetic makeup of that dolphin”
Nobody! Cause that’s stupid!
How many of you would say, “I want to see this dolphin and that dolphin has a virus because it might be contagious and that’s why these dolphins are getting sick” That’s all…
How many of you would say, “Excuse my French here, somebody put some shit in the water here. Like Exxon Valdez“
Anybody? Everybody!!
Cause that’s what happened. And the cells get poisoned they try to purify themselves by excreting debris which we called viruses. If you go to the current theory of viruses called extosome as in the latest of hat of the NIH giving the talk on the complexity of viruses you will see, this is perfectly in line with the current thinking on what a virus really is.
I had a dramatic example of this when I was growing up out where outside our house there was a wetlands and they were full of frogs and the frogs kept me up at night so I taped the windows. In Spring in it they would make a big racket. And over time the frogs were all gone.
How many thinks that the frogs had a genetic disease?
How many thinks that the frogs had a virus?
How many thinks that somebody put DDT into the water?
That’s what happened!
Diseases are poisoning. That’s one of the reasons why vaccines…so… I want to skip that for a minute.
So what happened in 1918?
There was a huge…in every pandemic in the last 150 years there was a quantum leap in the electrification of the Earth.
In 1918, late fall 1917 there was this introduction of Radio Waves around the world. Whenever you expose any biological system to a new electromagnetic field you poison it. You kill some and the rest go into a suspended animation so that interestingly they live a little bit longer and sicker.
And then starts in WWII the next pandemic with the introduction of Radar equipment all over the Earth. Likening the entire Earth in Radar field. First time humans are ever exposed to that.
In 1968 there was the HongKong Flu and it was the first time the Earth has a protective layer in the Van Allen Belt, which essentially integrates the cosmic fields from the Sun and the Earth and the Moon and Jupiter etc., Integrates that and essentially distributes that to the living beings of the Earth and we put satellites around the radio active frequencies in the Van Allen Belt. Within six months we had a new viral pandemic. Why viral because the people are poisoned, they excrete toxins – they look like viruses people think its a flu epidemic
In the 1918 the Boston Health Department decided to investigate the contagiousness of this. So believe it or not, they took hundreds of people with the flu and they suck the snuff out of their nose and injected it into the healthy people who didn’t have the flu. And not one time could they make the next person sick. They did this over and over again and they were not able to demonstrate contagion. They even did it with horses who apparently got the Spanish Flu. They put bags over their heads and the horses sneezed in the bags and they put the bag over the next horse and not one horse got sick.
You can read about this in a book called The invisible Rainbow by Arthur Firstenburg who chronicles all the steps in the electrification of the Earth and how within six months there was a new flu pandemic all over the world.
And when you hear the normal explanations how did it go from Kansas to South Africa in two weeks so the entire world got the symptoms at the same time in spite of the fact that the mode of transportation was horse-back and boats and there was no explanations for it. They just say, “We don’t know how that happened”
But when you think about it, with these radio waves and other frequencies that some of you have in your pockets and on your wrists. You can send the signal to Japan and they arrive instantaneously. So if you don’t believe that there is an electromagnetic field that communicates globally within seconds… you’re just not paying attention to this.
And I will only finish by pointing out that there has been a dramatic and quantum leap in the last six months with the electrification of the Earth, and sure a lot of you know what that is. It’s called 5G where they now have 20,000 radiation emitting satellites just like the radiation emitting things in your pockets and on your wrists and then you use all the time. That is not compatible with health. I’m sorry to say it. It’s not compatible with health. That is a water de-structuring device.
And for any of you who say, “Yeah, we’re not electrical beings. We’re just physical matter”. Then don’t bother doing an EKG, EEG, or a nerve conduction test. Because we are electrical beings and the chemicals are just the bi-products of those electrical impulses.
And I finish with anybody who’d want to make one guess as to where the first completely blanketed 5G city in the world was?
(answers from the class) W U H A N !!
EXACTLY!!
So when you start thinking about this. We are in a existential crisis here folks!
The likes of which humankind has never seen and I don’t want to go all Old Testament prophet on you,
…this is something unprecedented
The putting of a hundred thousand satellites in the very…blanket of the Earth, and by the way, as I was going to say earlier, this actually has something to do with the vaccine question and this got brought home to me because about a year or so I had a patient who came in who was totally fine and a surfer and all and he broke…he worked as an electrician putting in WI-fi systems for very wealthy people. Electricians have a very high mortality rate and he was fine and then he breaks his arm and then he gets some metal plate put in his arm. Three months later he couldn’t get out of bed and is total…you know highly irregularities…just total collapse.
The susceptibility has to do with how much metal you have in your body as well as the quality of the water in your cells. So if you start injecting aluminum in people they become receptors for absorbing increased electromagnetic fields and that is the perfect storm for the kind of deterioration of the species which is what we’re now experiencing.
I’m just gonna finish with one more thing which I write to a quote from Rudolf Steiner. By the way this was around 1917 so it was a different time
“In times when there were no electrical currents when the air was not swarming with electrical influences it was easier to be human. For this reason in order to be human at all today, it is necessary to expand much stronger spiritual capacities then was necessary a century ago”
So I just leave you with whatever you can do to increase your spiritual capacities because it’s really damned hard to be human beings these days.
..
..
Malaysia Facing A #ClimateChange Of Sorts
Climate Change is the defining issue of our time and we are at a defining moment. From shifting weather patterns that threaten food production, to rising sea levels that increase the risk of catastrophic flooding, the impacts of climate change are global in scope and unprecedented in scale. Without drastic action today, adapting to these impacts in the future will be more difficult and costly. – U.N.
Whether one believe in narratives or not, the noise on climate change/global warming/rising sea-levels are literally in the air. One’s auditory canal must be blocked with concrete not to feel the thick waves gushing through it to reach the cochlea.
True or not, in Malaysia a climate change of sorts is going on as we speak. This, I assure you is not mere narrative, but as real as you are alive reading this. Even the Malaysian top cop affirms it.
The climate change transpiring is not about global warming thingy, but a political climate which is stirred by yours truly politicians. No, they did not make any admittance of it. Just as one must be deaf not to hear about the other climate change hullabaloo, I’m entitled to say, one’s head must be empty between them blocked hearing devices not to know this.
Anyways, the situation presents a real and present danger, when the Malaysian Police (PDRM) lamented about being burdened by racial and religious issues, which must also be read that they now have less capacity to deal with real dangerous crimes, which is what they were meant for, instead of becoming the weather man.
The people must brace themselves to survive this typhoonic onslaught before they get destroyed by a man-created (yes in this case) climate change, which is giving way for more serious and dangerous crimes to thrive.
Who Owns Islam?
Who gave you the right to define Islam, prominent Turkish author asks Putrajaya
KUALA LUMPUR: The Pakatan Harapan (PH) government continues to draw flak from Muslim experts abroad over its recent refusal to do away with restrictions on foreign speakers on Islamic topics.
Mustafa Akyol, a prominent US-based Turkish academic whose lecture in 2017 was forced to be cancelled by Islamic authorities in Kuala Lumpur before he was detained for speaking without “religious credentials”, said the excuse by the government that it wants to contain “deviant” teachings showed that not much had changed under the new Malaysian leadership.
“The Malaysian authorities still assume that they have a right to define ‘right Islam’ versus ‘deviant Islam’.
“But then we must ask, who gave the Malaysian government, or any government, the authority to define Islam?” Akyol, a strong advocate of free speech in Muslim countries who has frequently criticised both the Islamists and secularists in his home country, told FMT.
On Wednesday, minister in charge of Islamic affairs Mujahid Yusof Rawa defended the home ministry’s move to vet all foreign missionaries including Muslim speakers, saying the authorities wanted to make sure their belief systems were “in line with the Malaysian context”.
Home Minister Muhyiddin Yassin earlier said that foreign Muslim and non-Muslim speakers would be monitored to ensure they were “free from deviant teachings”.
“Whoever comes here, regardless of the form of talks, will be monitored,” Muhyiddin had said.
The statement drew strong response from US-based Muslim academic, Nader Hashemi, who has frequently addressed Malaysian audiences on Islamic topics.
“The vetting of speakers who come to Malaysia to discuss issues of religion suggests that authoritarianism is alive and well in Malaysia and that freedom and full democracy remain an ongoing struggle and aspiration,” Hashemi, who heads the Center for Middle East Studies at the University of Denver, told FMT.
Akyol, whose book “Islam Without Extremes: A Muslim Case for Liberty” is banned in Malaysia, said no government had the right to define what is “true Islam” as this would mean reducing religion to the “interests and whims of political powers”.
“With that logic, Iran can ban Sunni Islam as ‘deviant’, as Saudis can similarly ban Shia Islam and even non-Wahhabi Sunnism. Or India can ban all Islam saying that, according to its Hindu beliefs, all Islam is ‘deviant’,” Akyol said.
He said even at the height of the Muslim empire, political leaders had no authority over religion.
“Even caliphs did not have that authority. Islam, rather, was defined by diverse communities of scholars, believers, and evolving traditions,” he said.
“The truth that we must accept is that Islam is not owned by any government because it comes from an authority that is higher than all governments.
“The rightful duty of these governments is to know their limits, protect the rights and freedoms of their citizens, and allow their societies to freely practise their religious persuasions and have intellectual discussions about them,” Akyol said.
In 2017, Akyol’s Malaysian lecture tour organised by the Islamic Renaissance Front drew protests from conservative Muslim groups and Islamic authorities.
He was arrested at KLIA as he was preparing to board a flight to Rome, hours after the Federal Territory Islamic Affairs Department forced his lecture on the topic of apostasy to be called off.
..
#KgBharu – The Seige of The Malay Heartland
“Sometimes it is said that man cannot be trusted with the government of himself. Can he, then be trusted with the government of others? Or have we found angels in the form of kings to govern him? Let history answer this question.” – Thomas Jefferson
The arrogance of this beast called government, the small band of thugs (a.k.a. known as politicians) who band together to rule over millions of people is that they thought they could do it infinitely. This is reflected in their ‘policy’ making and the way they (mis) treat the very people they’re supposed to care for.
The “re-development” of Kg Bharu is revived by Premier Mahathir for the second time after he failed to grab the goldmine two decades ago.
The difference between robbers and politicians is that politicians do it with colorful pamphlets rather than guns.
Deception is their forte and their famous line is, “we’re here to help” and wearing the ‘development’ mask
“The most terrifying words in the English language are: I’m from the government and I’m here to help.” – Ronald Reagan
#KgBharu@KhalidSamad
A hypothetical question:
How confident are you that you & #Pakatan will win #GE15?
Remember #BN #UMNO fell. A few thousand years ago the people of Rome didn’t believe the Roman empire would fall.
What would happen to the Kg Bharu you purchased?
Let’s imagine the next government is lead by non-Malays (not that I mind). You’d have been responsible for the lost of Malay land, and what would you think the Malays would do to you? Stop being arrogant. THINK ABOUT IT!
— 🇷🇪🇩🇿🇦 𝙎𝙝𝙖𝙝𝙬𝙞𝙨 (@merahza) October 27, 2019
https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js
In the grand scheme of things, this monumental yet ambitious “project” isn’t about helping the kampung people like me, far from it. Its all about feeding the insatiable appetite of the greedy elite Malays who care a damn about anything else but themselves.
The hypocrite Malay elites on one hand got together and “discussed” about their ‘problems’ and lost dignity and on the other hand trample on the village folks of Kg Bharu.
And [recall] when We took your covenant, [saying], “Do not shed each other’s blood or evict one another from your homes.” Then you acknowledged [this] while you were witnessing.
Then, you are those [same ones who are] killing one another and evicting a party of your people from their homes, cooperating against them in sin and aggression. And if they come to you as captives, you ransom them, although their eviction was forbidden to you. So do you believe in part of the Scripture and disbelieve in part? Then what is the recompense for those who do that among you except disgrace in worldly life; and on the Day of Resurrection they will be sent back to the severest of punishment. And Allah is not unaware of what you do. [Q 2:84/5]
If your religion has no apparent effect on your behavior, I’m entitled to assume that your degree of belief is small, no matter how much you protest.
Mahathir in his first attempt to siege Kg Bharu compared it to the American Indian reservation and tried to emulate what the white colonists did to the natives
“Out beyond ideas of wrongdoing
and rightdoing there is a field.
I’ll meet you there.
When the soul lies down in that grass
the world is too full to talk about.”
―
..
How a Small Group of Activists Helped Bring Down Corrupt Government In Malaysia
Borneo Death Blow
Directed by Erik Pauser and Dylan Williams (2017)
Film Review
This is a fascinating documentary about an activist group that campaigned hard to bring two major Malaysian corruption scandals to international attention – including one involving former Prime Minister Najib Razak and 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB).
The story starts in the early nineties when Bruno Manser, a Swiss environmentalist, and Mutanga, a Penan tribesman in Sarawak, paired up to protest wholesale rainforest logging on the island of Borneo (Malaysia). After successfully blockading the logging trucks for more than nine months, the activists and their supporters were imprisoned and torture.
In 1992, they undertook a world tour to bring the plight of Borneo rainforests and the Penan. They visited 24 cities in 13 countries, including the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro and the UN. The response they received was underwhelming.
In 2000, Manser returned to Sarawak and…
View original post 257 more words
How Honest Is The New Government In Helping The Malays?
Kampung Baru or “Kampong Bharu” (meaning “New Village”) is a Malay enclave in central Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. One of the most valuable tracts of land in the capital, it has been estimated to be worth up to US$ 1.4 billion. Kampung Baru’s elders have turned developers away, saying they want to preserve their ethnic Malay lifestyle. – Wiki
The man most passionate about this piece of gold mine is Tun Mahathir, the current Prime Minister of Malaysia under the new government of Pakatan Harapan. This passion of his began when he was the PM in the old Barisan Nasional regime, but failed to formulate a win-win deal with the landowners and the redevelopment project failed to materialize. He thought he could execute the same program as the one in Langkawi island, which btw is his first passion through the brokerage of Langkawi Development Authority (LADA).
Expectedly the Kampong Baru project is now back on top of his table and the road show has begun and the Town Hall Meet with the landowners took place today Sep 21.
Unfortunately (or fortunately) Mahathir couldn’t be present and his video opening address was screened on stage.
This time around the landowners gathered only to ask the question, “How much are you offering?” The moment the price was spewed from the mouth of the presenter Khalid Samad, the Minister of Federal Territory, the audience roared in jeers and boos!
The offing of RM850/sq. ft, was taken as humiliating by the landowners! Humiliating because the justifications for the low price as compared to the land prices surrounding Kampung Baru were lame and ludicrous.
Over the last couple of years, land transactions in the Bukit Bintang and KLCC areas have been concluded at between RM3,100 and RM3,600 psf. The offing of RM850/sq. ft, was taken as humiliating by the landowners! Humiliating because the justifications for the low price as compared to the land prices surrounding Kampong Baru were lame and ludicrous. – EdgeProp
BTW the iconic Twin Towers KLCC is just a stone’s throw away across the Gombak River, and in fact it is so close the tall shadows of the Twin Towers will fall on Kampong Baru.
And the reasons for for the humiliating offer is more humiliating. Look, racism is prime time in Malaysia and every policy and issues of control are wrapped and packed in boxes printed the word “Malay” on them. Now, here its all about Malay landowners and the bloody excuse of the low price offing is because Kampung Baru is a Reserved Malay land which the Colonial British administrators gazetted as a Malay agricultural settlement in 1900 under the Malay Agricultural Settlement Act. Kampung Baru and her landowners is the epitome of the very word “Malay” and you can’t be more Malay than them in Malaysia.
Befuddling and ludicrous? Like hell it is.
Resistance against Kampung Baru redevelopment is not about race, it’s money, residents say
Well, as far as the village folks are concerned the whole deal is old crap garnished with new artificial flavorings and it taste like rat meat.
Apparently being a Malay in the Malay heartland has its setbacks and not properly priced in status and symbol.
The special status of the land should put the Malays in higher stead and marked by a high land price tag. Isn’t that what its supposed to be anyway for the Superior Bumiputra?
Apparently not, the government kept harping on the Malays being poor and can’t afford anything and the Kampung Baru issue nailed that down.
Btw, Mahathir said during his days in the previous regime that Kampung Baru is akin to the Indian Reservation in America,
Tbh…how honest is the goverment?
..
Your pockets are empty…actually.
Primo:
First and foremost you’re in a Debt-Based Economy system.
If you don’t know what that means…Google it.
If you know, then you ought to know you’re a borrower if you’ve ever used (paper) money sometime in your life, even if you have none right now in your wallets or pockets, or have never made any personal loans from the bank.
“But, but… I work and I’m earning my money?”
Secundo:
Haven’t you heard of Fractional Reserve Banking?
So-called money in circulation is created by debt and is an IOU.
If you don’t know that…Google it.
You work to pay your own debts including all those created in the system, or by your government.
This’ no rocket 🚀 science. Its plain, simple and clear.
All it takes to gulp this down your throat and digest it, is a simple act of research and observation.
One borrows (thus a borrower) because one have none.
Contrary to popular beLIEfs, your pockets are empty, actually.
…and you’re living beyond your means.
Calm down.
It’s A Wonderful Life!
..
The Purpose of the Federal Reserve Banking System Is Quite Clear
💰 M O N E Y …don”t we ALL love it!
People toil, live, kill, cheat, steal, borrow and lie for it.
This article is the most concise I’ve come across…and since you all slog for it shouldn’t you at least know what it is and where it comes from?
You’ve loved it all your life…take a few minutes to read about it before you die because of it.
The Purpose of the Federal Reserve Banking System Is Quite Clear
In Brief
- The Facts:Centralized banking has been devised for a purpose unseen and much different than what the public and most of our elected leaders/legislators believe. The purpose is not to stabilize, but to destabilize economies for ulterior motives.
- Reflect On:How does a system described in the article benefit the people at all? What is really going on here and how did we get into this mess? What alternatives and solutions would you think of?
Do Probability and Statistics interest you? Perhaps not. But what about the secret workings of a casino? They are but two sides of the same coin. One side is science, the other application. Economics is the science of the production, distribution and consumption of goods and services. The application of economics, if honed to a specific, razor sharp intention becomes the most powerful weapon on Earth. This weapon is called the Central Banking system. No country owns this weapon. It is wielded by a tiny circle of people. The identities of these people are largely hidden, but it is abundantly clear they owe allegiance to no country, despot or political ideology. They deploy this weapon at their own discretion. We are the frogs in the proverbial pot of water and they are controlling the stove.
Some basics …
In the 2019 fiscal year the United States Government will spend 1.1 trillion dollars more than it will collect in taxes.(source)This number is called the “budget deficit.” Operating with a budget deficit is nothing new in our government’s history. This has been going on for decades, independent of which party has controlled the White House or Congress. If you were to add together all the deficits over the years you would arrive at a sum of approximately 22 trillion dollars. This number is called the “national debt.”
The ability to “pay off” this debt seems impossible, yet we continue to operate more or less the same way, borrowing more and more to meet our country’s obligation to social services, defense, infrastructure, and obligations to our debt holders. Most people are aware of these staggering numbers, yet few of us seem to consider basic questions about the system, like “Where does the money come from?” or “Who would be stupid enough to continue lending us these sums given our poor track record of even balancing our budget?” The answers to these questions are astounding and can lead to an understanding of our nation’s history and monetary system that is absolutely necessary to put nearly every aspect of geopolitics into perspective.
In “The Creature From Jekyll Island,” author G. Edward Griffin adeptly leads the reader on an intriguing exploration of the origin of money, lending and the banking system and its codependence with the governance of people. Through his thorough examination of military conflicts, the rise and fall of governments and repeated taxpayer funded bailouts, Mr. Griffin makes it abundantly clear that human history has been driven more by the inner workings of centralized banking and not the will of individuals or even the apparent vision of their appointed leaders.
The Federal Reserve, covertly conceived by the wealthiest few and brought into existence by Congress in 1913, is part of a global system of centralized banking that has been devised for a purpose unseen and much different than what the public and most of our elected leaders and legislators believe. The result of this system, as evidenced by repeated examples, has not been to stabilize economies but to destabilize them. In his diligent and erudite analysis, Mr. Griffin goes further in asserting that this has been the intention of the founders of the modern banking system all along.
To accept his bold assertion it is useful to first consider how this is accomplished before understanding why it is done in the first place. A full analysis of this subject is obviously beyond the scope of a single article. However, we can still arrive at a basic understanding of the system and its repercussions here. advertisement – learn more
Show me the money
As stated above, the total national debt is on the order of 22 trillion dollars as of 2019. However, according to The Federal Reserve there is only about 1.7 trillion dollars of currency in circulation. Where are the other 20 trillion dollars? Clearly, it exists only as numbers attached to accounts existing in computer memory. Monetary transactions are no longer dominated by the exchange of currency backed by a commodity (like gold or silver), they are instead represented by the increase of a receiver’s account balance that corresponds to the equivalent decrement in the account of the payer. This, of course, seems like a reasonable system that is equitable to both parties. However, if you examine it more closely, certain fundamental questions arise, primarily, where did the money come from in the first place?
The total amount of money in circulation in 1950 was approximately 27 billion dollars. How do we now have 60 times more money? The answer is that it was created by our banks and the Federal Reserve, an institution uniquely endowed by our government to “print” money at its own discretion. This should strike you as unnerving for two reasons. First, our elected officials do not decide when more money is put into circulation, they have abdicated that authority to the Federal Reserve that acts independently. Second, why is there ever a reason to do this in the first place?
Clearly, the amount of goods and services generated by the country has grown with our population and its concomitant increase in our labor force. Also, innovation in manufacturing and the development of technologies have given rise to less expensive ways to make stuff. We have also engineered methods for extracting our natural resources, making the required raw materials more abundantly available for industry. These changes continually influence the supply and demand for goods and services that ultimately will dictate what things cost. These are the “market” forces that capitalism relies upon to self-regulate and ostensibly create an environment for innovation. If the amount of money in circulation is left untouched, prices will continually readjust to represent the total value of the total amount of goods and services generated by an economy. There should never be a need to put more money into circulation.
Where does money actually come from?
The expansion of the supply of money is less accomplished by the actual printing of legal tender than it is by the “creation” of debt. To illustrate this, let us consider a simplistic model of how a bank works. First, a bank serves as a secure place to store depositor’s money. The bank issues the depositor a receipt of deposit. Long ago these receipts were recognized as being more convenient than actually using coins to facilitate transactions. The “money” was in a vault, but the receipts of deposit, when they began to be accepted as payment by a third party, began functioning as money itself. Griffin explains that this form of money is termed “receipt money.” The modern representation of this convenience has taken the form of checking accounts.
When the bank acts as a lending institution, it can also provide depositors with an added incentive to keep their holdings there in the form of interest. The bank can pay this interest on its deposits by lending this money out to other customers in the form of mortgages, business and personal loans, etc. and charging a higher interest on these sums. The ability of private citizens and industry to have access to money to purchase homes or invest in their businesses or education allows for economic growth and a higher standard of living and is generally considered a good thing and something we all depend upon.
When we receive a loan to purchase something that we cannot “afford” we understand that it has not been given to us for free. We will pay for it over time. In fact, we will pay more for it through a loan than if we purchased it outright. The higher the rate of interest and the longer the term of the loan, the more we end up paying. In the case of a home mortgage paid over thirty years the borrower ends up paying several times the amount they borrowed. This is all spelled out to the borrower when they sign the promissory note and agree to the terms.
However, there is something insidious happening when banks lend money today. The money that gets lent is not possessed by the bank, it is owned by the depositors of the money. The depositors are free to continue to withdraw from their accounts, meanwhile the borrowers also have access to the very same pool of money. When your bank loans a sum of money to another party the amount in your account there does not get reduced. So, where does the money come from? The bank is essentially creating money out of debt and subsequently collecting interest on it. This money is added to circulation and when this happens, the value of every single dollar in the system gets depleted. Prices go up. This is inflation, and it can exact a devastating toll on the system depending on how much debt is created.
As amazing as it may seem, banks are only required to keep available a fraction (10% or less) of the amount of money they lend on hand to meet the needs of their depositors. Clearly there may come a time when a large number of depositors demand their money to be returned at the same time. This is the dreaded “run on the bank” which should send the bank into insolvency. However, this rarely happens these days for two reasons. One is based upon the confidence we place on our banking institutions to make sound loans and upon the economy in general. As long as we are confident that the bank will return our money if we asked, we won’t demand it back. Secondly, banks operating in the central banking system are able to borrow money from other banks to meet the demands of their depositors when needed.
The Fed is a Monetary Cartel that has been setting us up for bigger failures
The Federal Reserve, with the power Congress has endowed it with, sets standards for the portion of money banks within its system are allowed to loan compared to the money in their “vaults.” Because the profitability of the bank is directly related to the amount of money they loan out, banks are motivated to maximize the amount they lend. Furthermore, because a lifeline to more money through other banks exists, there is little reason for any individual bank to be conservative. By uniting banks under common lending practices it becomes clear that no individual bank will be allowed to go bankrupt. However, there now exists the possibility that many or all banks may fail simultaneously with a deep and widespread dive in consumer confidence and/or an accumulation of a great amount of bad debt. Note that the latter will automatically give rise to the former as in the case of the great recession of 2008 when it became recognized that a massive number of irresponsible home loans were made over the course of a decade.
When such a crisis arises, it is made clear to the public that a dire situation is at hand and it would result in major suffering for all if the government didn’t intervene. Government steps in by infusing the banking system with large sums of money. This money does not exist anywhere. It is created on the fly by the issuance of government bonds, essentially IOUs. But who would be willing to accept government IOUs in such a crisis? Nobody. Nobody, except the Federal Reserve. Through the purchase of government debt the Federal Reserve floods the system with essentially a limitless amount of “money.” This money did not come from the sale of goods and services or gold bars from the treasury. This money is ink on paper called Federal Reserve Checks which are used to fund government debt and ultimately result in greater balances in commercial bank accounts when the government spends it. The crisis gets averted. Or does it?
In the short run, the economy does not grind to a halt, and we laud the intervention as a success. However, there has been no increase in the amount of goods, commodities or services that the nation possesses. There is just more money out there. When that happens, the value of every single piece of currency, including the money in your wallet, drops. We grumble at the necessity of more taxes and less governmental services but few taxpayers realize the extent that their own wealth has been decremented by an unseen cost called inflation, the direct cause of poor lending practices of our banks. We are told that we are in a crisis for a number of vague and complex reasons having to do with rarely agreed upon economic theories and a failure of our leaders to appreciate them. In fact, the reasons are simple. We have a system where banks can and will make the most profit if they make more loans. When they fail, the Federal Reserve ultimately steps in by creating more debt, which we shoulder by allowing our earnings and savings to be devalued.
Let us briefly review. The Federal Reserve has united most banks to accept universal lending practices. This effectively prevents individual banks from defaulting on their obligations, but creates a situation where a nationwide or global banking crisis can occur. When (not if) that occurs, the Fed has an understanding with the government that it will infuse the system with money by “buying” government debt (in the form of government bonds) that will be used to “salvage” the system. The public will eventually pay for this in two ways. First, through the obligation to repay the debt and interest and second, through inflation as money floods the system. It should be clear then that this maneuver is designed to keep lending institutions in perpetual business aggrandizing their wealth.
Central Banks make money by doing nothing
It is important at this point to look more closely at the money making machine the banks use for generating profit. Recall that banks are only required to hold no more than ten percent of their deposits (assets) on hand and are free to loan out the rest. However, there is a greater harm they can exact through our banking system’s definition of an “asset.” Let us say that a bank holds $1,000,000 in deposits. It can write $900,000 worth of loans on that money keeping $100,000, or 10% of it on its books as “reserves.” That money loaned out does not exist, it is created the moment the loan is written. Once written, that loan, effectively the promise of the borrower to pay it back, is now considered an asset of the bank too! This means that the bank can subsequently write loans of 90% of that “asset” (or another $810,000) as well. Once the second round of loans go out, they too are considered assets. This iterative process effectively allows the bank to “loan” out $9 for every $1 it was given as a deposit. The bank uses the one million dollars in deposits (reserves) to “create” nine million dollars in debt and, of course, earn interest on it. The term “earn” is highly questionable in this scheme. The bank provides no real service, creates no tangible product, does no labor and assumes little risk yet is able to collect a continuous stream of money from assets that never existed until the moment someone agreed to borrow from them. This is called “fractional reserve banking” and as shocking as it seems, it exists wherever an economy has abandoned a commodity (gold or silver) backed currency. In other words, everywhere.
The Fed makes the most when we are at War
Turning back to Mr. Griffin’s assertion that the system has been designed to create instability, we can see that the banking system reaps the greatest benefit when needs exceed resources. The Federal Reserve (and any central bank) has the sole authority to create money when the need for debt arises. Is it unreasonable that central banks, functioning without accountability to any authority, government or otherwise, would welcome every opportunity to exert this power, especially when it is so lucrative to them?
If we were to examine the situation from a central banker’s perspective we would regard global events in the context of debt. What kind of event creates the greatest and most urgent need for resources? War. War requires a nation to redirect their youth away from the creation of goods and services and into military service. There is the cost of munitions, fuel, care for the wounded and ultimately reparations. The bigger and the longer the war the better …if you were a central banker.
The Greatest Conspiracy in our history is still in play today
Could there really be an unholy alliance between central banking and governmental war machines? This may be obvious to some, but to many this approaches absurdity. A government for and by the people seems too powerful to be influenced by financiers and monetary policy makers. If banking insiders had any influence over our elected officials, the media would bring immediate public attention to it, right? In order for this kind of treachery to take place it would require the hidden collaboration of a very small group of extremely influential persons in government, central banking and the media. This would be a conspiracy, which many believe would be impossible today.
There is no question that it has happened in the past. As detailed in “The Creature from Jekyll Island,” the United States entered WWI after The Lusitania, a massive British liner with 195 American civilians on board, was sunk by a German U-boat attack. Prior to setting sail from New York, The Lusitania was loaded with tons of weaponry including six million rounds of ammunition purchased with funds raised for England through JP Morgan’s investment house. This was done in broad daylight with the ship’s manifest a matter of public record. The German government protested that using such a ship to transport weapons was in direct violation of international neutrality treaties. The American government denied this was taking place. The German embassy then appealed to the American people directly, placing ads in newspapers urging them not to book passage on The Lusitania as it represented a strategic target that would fall under German attack. The U.S. State Department prevented these warnings from being run.
At this time J. P. Morgan, one of the chief architects of the newly created Federal Reserve, was profiting from selling English and French bonds to American investors to raise money for their war effort against Germany. In addition, the two countries spent significant sums on products purchased from companies in Morgan’s control. When it became clear that Germany was nearing victory through their control of shipping lanes in the Atlantic with their U-boats, Morgan’s income stream was threatened. England, France and the American investing house knew their causes would only be saved if the United States entered the war against Germany. At the time this seemed a practical impossibility as Woodrow Wilson, approaching reelection, was riding a broad anti-war sentiment sweeping the country. This all changed when the The Lusitania sank. Morgan had, in the meantime, purchased control over major segments of the media and flooded the public with pro-war editorial. The media, the banks and our government worked together to see that America entered WWI on April 6, 1917. War expenditures, as always, were fueled by monetary expansion engineered by The Fed. Between 1915 and 1920 the monetary supply doubled and the value of our currency dropped by nearly 50%.
WWI is one of many examples in our planet’s history where the spoils of war went largely to the inner circles of the banking system that often finance both sides of conflicts. If this version of history still seems too incredible to believe, consider this: How often would a nation engage in war if it didn’t have the money to pay for it? Nations rarely do, unless they have a central banking system. Conventional history books paint our species’ long tradition of conflict as good vs. evil or liberty vs. tyranny while characterizing dictators and their ideologies as threats to the greater good. The real threat is hidden in plain sight and is far more diabolical, as it is not confined by borders or allegiance to governments that inevitably rise and fall.
Original posting at Collective Evolution
..
If time is all you have…
merahza (54) in time • in 8 hours
To start with there is no time.
Some scientists such as quantum gravitational expert Carlo Rovelli and physicist Julian Barbour seem to believe that time is not real and should be removed from the equations of physics so that we can move forward with a unified theory.
Maybe they are correct.
I don’t subscribe to time. Time itself is an illusion and humans are bound and entrapped by it.
We strapped ourselves with a contraption aptly called the WATCH and become guided by it by watching it all day long. Worse, we set the buzzing reminder in case we’d miss watching it.
If time is all we have, don’t waste it, especially not on the slave drivers/masters!
Time is money?
That’s more crap for you!
Waking up early won’t change your life—but it’s awesome for capitalism.
So you have to work…leave the office on time.
Since they insist you be on time for work, you reciprocate with leaving on time for home and Don’t Take Your Work Home. Why should you?
They talk about Work Life Balance and that’s supposed to do what exactly?
If you believe that, then you are definitely a part of the problem.
My favorite things in life don’t cost any money. Its really clear that the most precious resource we all have is time ~ Steve Jobs
Every one says they love their family and yet spends the least time with them.
If your belief has no apparent effect on your behavior, I’m entitled to assume that your degree of belief is small, no matter how much you protest.
Argue all you like but you’ll see the naked truth on your death-bed.
…there will be really no time then.
..
Original post at Steemit
The Control System Is Broken
Steemit merahza (54) in government •
The Flimsy Control System
To govern is to rule and to do that one must be on top of the object/subject.
There are two ways to govern:
- Force – physical
- Deception -mind
Historically the first method failed because it is literally ‘bloody‘ cumbersome to the governor whilst it is revolting to the governed, which offered no peace to the governor ending up spending more time suppressing the resistance than governing the subjects.
The second method is more effective, quite stable and easier to manage. Btw this’ ongoing as you’re reading. The governor forms a team and aptly called it govern-ment (Latin for mind [mens, mentis]), govern-the-mind.
The modern day govern-ment is highly organized and structured for a systemic control and it seems to work fairly well albeit a few resistance here and there by colorful boat-rockers.
The main device to deal with disorder and resistance is the inglorious Law. The Law is tightly enforced and policed, and law-breakers will be dealt-with by the Legal and Justice system
Armed with the legal-machinery, the governor can now govern and loot the subjects (peacefully).
The bigger the subjects the more tedious it gets. Its difficult to police every individual subject, but the governor accepted that and its ready to lose to some (clever) sneakers, but try catch them whenever he can.
In actuality the current form of control is flimsy because it is basically docu-control (data documented) method.
- Birth Certificates
- Identity Cards
- Passports
- Licences
- Permits and Titles
- Paper Money
…and so on.
The Bugs
- Document (both paper and digital) can be easily duplicated and/or falsified completely as signed and sealed.
- Corruption – An oversight perhaps by the
governor is the whole control system he created to tame the subjects has
turned them into corrupt monsters who have lost their minds and
creating havoc. Even George Orwell didn’t see it then in 1984
How do you control their minds when they’ve lost it? - The biggest flaw in the system is the Papier-mâché fiat money. Fake as it is, it must be spent for it to be of any purpose. Produce and consumption is the idea and this idea has led to the corruption of the mind.
To get the paper money one has to beg, borrow or steal…or “under-the-table”
Corruption is boring many big holes in the system, collapsing it and destroys the governor.
Corrupt politicians/businessmen/police/judges and just about everybody else.
The Orwellian governor must now come up with a meaner system if he is to remain relevant because the giant has awakened.
If properly and effectively understood, it will become the generally accepted notion that every thinking and reasonable person knows that using the coercive power of the government to compel anyone to sacrifice their life for others is as ethically not right as expecting others to be forced to sacrifice for them.
Then, as a matter of implied first principles, it will be impossible for some in the society to successfully coerce others through the tools of political power because it will be culturally counter to the general habit of the mind that liberty is too precious as both a moral and practical matter to be forgone for even the most attractive short-run gains from political paternalism and plunder.
It is neither an easy nor a quick task to change, in this sense, the climate of opinion about the appropriate moral order to sustain a free, prosperous, and ethical society. But we have no tools other than our minds and our reason and an understanding that it is in our own self-interest to try.
If enough of us take on this task, the growth in government can be both halted and reversed. The world of plunder can be replaced with a community of free people pursuing mutually beneficial peaceful production. The democratic dilemma of every growing government will be brought to an end. – AIER
Original posting on Steemit
..
The Politics Box
“Politics is the art of looking for trouble, finding it everywhere, diagnosing it incorrectly and applying the wrong remedies.”
― Groucho Marx
Malaysia as a nation is relatively peaceful given the general scenario of the world at large. She has her share of woes, but to groan and complain would suggest selfishness when she has much to be grateful for.
This small nation went through an epiphany at the recent 14th general election (GE14), when she for the first time in 61 years since her independence from the grasps of colonialism sees new hope for great change.
It took her six decades to realise the ‘soft fascism’ (no such thing really, there’s only fascism) she was in while under the reign of a band of arrogant home grown politicians who rallied together calling themselves Barisan Nasional (National Front) lead by UMNO. The straw that broke the camel’s back is the infamous 1MDB affair which literally bankrupted Malaysia and turned her into a pauper nation.
Thinking for the better, the people collectively removed the corrupt regime and handed her to a new alliance labelled as Pakatan Harapan (Alliance of Hope) on the night May 9 2018, the night the earth moved.
IT was a night when the earth moved as one Barisan parliamentary seat after another tumbled and shortly after 11pm last night, Tun Dr Mahathir Mohamad declared that Putrajaya had fallen to the Pakatan Harapan coalition.
The 93-year-old leader has stepped into a special place in Malaysian history, making a comeback to the job he left 15 years ago. – The Star
Nine months down the road, disillusionment hovers over the people when the change expected of the new government doesn’t show, or rather trekking at snail’s pace, which to the human eyes is seen as a standstill.
Without going into the boring details, I’ll get straight to the point of this essay.
Its the system and stupid politicians STUPID!
The current government is made up of 90% politicians who were in the opposition all their political lives. Life and perception on this side of the political divide was different being in a different box looking at another box (The government). They saw the garbage and filth in the other box. They were clear of what’s to be done and change, and had the tenacity to do it given the chance.
Well, they have now entered the ‘other’ (filthy) box, which they are now supposed to clean, but…they left the brooms in the box they were in.
Blimey!
Not only that, their eyes developed cataracts and couldn’t find or see any dirt in there. With blurred visions and minds, they simply carried on with their new roles using whatever is in the dirty box.
And…the ousted old politicians are now in the ‘clean’ opposition box. They seem to have new visions without the cataracts, and are set to sanitize the dirty box which they were in.
Get the picture?
Politicians are akin to hamsters in a spinning wheel – the political wheel absence of any wills.
So what’s next for Malaysia and Malaysians?
Tbh, nothing much really. Not until GE15, or better still get rid of the politics box, or any kind of box and try out something new like a open bathtub which everyone will be naked
“Too bad that all the people who know how to run the country are busy driving taxicabs and cutting hair.”
― George Burns
The Blessed Bananas That Got Me Gone Bananas in 2019!
The blessed bananas that got me gone bananas!
My 2019 Story
Last night, I was at TF Supermart in PD just passing time waiting for the wifey doing acupuncture, and I saw bananas and decided to pick a small bunch and went to the pay-counter, which had a long queue. By the time I got to the cashier, she exclaimed, “Ini mesti timbang dan letak harga!” (This has to be weighted and priced)
Silly me! I thought. What was I thinking and this isn’t my first time at supermarts?
Looking at the long queue, I decided just to put them bananas back and forget about the whole thing.
Walking back, something tells me to go and get it weighted and priced.
So I did and went back to re-join the long queue. This’ very unlike me, let me tell you.
Suddenly I noticed a woman waving at me, and I pointed to myself at her and she nodded. She was directing me to come in front of her as her husband was checking-out their purchases for payment at the cashier.
The cashier remembered me and interrupted the husband and checked my bananas costing RM3:30 and said, “Kasi duit kat dia!” (Give her the money [to the lady])
When I handed the money to the lady, she said, “Tak apa, saya belanja abang!” (Its alright. Its my treat!)
I insisted to pay and said, “No, No. Awak dah terlalu baik dan saya mesti bayar!” (No, No. You’re already too kind) but she smiled and totally refused!
WOW! OMG!
What did I do to deserve such great kindness and love? ⁉
Bowing and saying “Terima Kasih” (Thank you) several times to the lady I walked away highly emotional and asked myself,
What’s the (BIG) message?
I am already dangerously turning into a misanthrope in this mad-mad world.
I felt a surge of tremendous love for humanity inside… and the message is:
Be kind. Be Love.
💜❤ Love to all of you reading this!
..
#1MDB – Its the system stupid!
If you’ve not heard of 1MDB, you should discontinue reading…as you’re in a different world where everything is fine in there, but you’re surely missing something.
All the hype about the 1MDB heist was centered around two rogues:
- Najib Razak – The stupid ex-prime minister of Malaysia
- Jho Low – Thief.
What was revealed in the Billion Dollar Whale is that Najib Razak was duped by Jho Low and that’s the simple line to sum up the whole dramatic, but surely complicating (?) fraud worth billions of dollars.
I’m not going to delve into the details of the scam because you can read all that at The Financial Times, WSJ, Sarawak Report etc., etc., etc.
Its all about the money. Can you think of anything else in this world that isn’t?
Haa…I can see your eyes looking upwards with a …Hmmm?
You can stop wandering/wondering.
Everything is all about that damned (fiat) money.
“So you think that money is the root of all evil? […] Have you ever asked what is the root of money?
~ Ayn Rand
This is the whole point.
Who controls and issue them toilet papers?
If you don’t know, you should also discontinue reading, because you’re enjoying your life with the money in your bank account and you care a hoot about anything else.
Back to the 1MDB story and its all about the money and the thieves.
I for one wouldn’t put all the blame on the two rogues as I see them as players in this game of theft. Surely you don’t think these two thieves are so smart to pull off this greatest heist on Earth all by themselves? Quite on the contrary. its their stupidity (not knowing who their big bosses are) that this epic scam got blown off to pieces.
You see, its about money and no one but the ‘controllers’ decide everything in the money game. No, not Presidents, Prime Ministers, Kings or Queens.
The financial system was designed, created and operated by them ‘controllers’, who also created, issue and distribute the toilet paper around the globe (hate that word).
Lloyd Blankfein Was the Unidentified Goldman Executive Present at 2009 1MDB Meeting
Gathering laid the groundwork for lucrative Malaysia deals
Meeting involved former Malaysian prime minister Najib Razak
The meeting offered Blankfein a chance to speak with Najib in his first year as prime minister, and Najib’s visit to New York included meetings with other business leaders and U.S. investors. A month after the gathering, Malaysia’s securities commission announced that Goldman Sachs would set up fund management and corporate finance advisory operations in the nation.
The financial system is operated by the controller’s agents and brokers as facilitators and gatekeepers, and nothing moves without their ‘guidance’, add-vices and approvals, especially when you’re talking about billions of toilet papers. They must have a big slice of the loot…of course.
“Western professionals “under the guise” of bankers, offshore incorporators, media specialists, investors, and others are helping corrupt individuals “get their money from the scene of the crime, funnel it through the offshore system, and into developed economies.” – Rewcastle Brown
And the thingy about the controllers, they throw the thieves under the bus when they don’t need them anymore.
Can’t say I pity them thieves.
Like I always say – Its the system stupid!
..
First posted at Steemit
Ciggie – Ziggy Stardust
Governments are perplexed on the tobacco issue. To tax (more) or not to.
A catch 22 situation.
Health minister says govt can’t afford to raise ciggie prices
Cigarettes are seen during the manufacturing process in the British American Tobacco Cigarette Factory (BAT) in Bayreuth, southern Germany, in this April 30, 2014 file photograph. REUTERS/Michaela Rehle /Files
“If we raise the cigarette prices until it is not affordable to the B40 group, then they will turn to the cheaper illicit cigarettes that will expose them to a series of non-communicable diseases (NDC): chronic pulmonary disease, chronic cardiovascular disease, lung cancer. – Malay Mail
Reading the above report will transform you into a mental inmate. The bozos in the corridors of power are actually the inmates running the institution.
The dough-nuts are primarily cracking their heads on the dough like a mad-dog chasing its tail.
Dzulkefly said that currently the cost to treat the three top NDC related to smoking is RM2.29 billion, adding that the government subsidises 67.5 per cent of the treatment cost with 32.5 per cent paid by the patient.
The treatment cost is 0.7 per cent of the nation’s GDP, he said.
Its got nothing to do with the well-being of the people. Its about the dough they have to cough up on so called health-care, if the figures are at all correct let alone true.
More importantly how much money goes into their pockets.
By being greedy they have a problem – they’re playing into the highly competitive black-markets’ hands.
So?
So where were the spiders
While the fly tried to break our balls?
With just the beer light to guide us
So we bitched about his fans
And should we crush his sweet hands?
OhMm-hmm
Ziggy played for time
Jiving us that we were voodoo
The kids were just crass
He was the nazz
With God-given ass
He took it all too far
But, boy, could he play guitar
..
Related read:
…of smoking, haze, emissions and Health.
Manage Your Data and Stay Healthy and Wise
So You Want To Be Healthy?
No. I don’t tell you what to eat or exercise to be healthy.
I don’t know what is good or bad for you.
What I’d say here is somewhat radical and which escapes most people…its all about data.
What has data got to do with health?
A lot, let me tell you:
Primo: Most if not all people are now in a state of confusion due to data overload. The outcome is confusion. Why? Mismanagement of data. So manage it! How? If I have to tell you, then you should stay off-line. Data is the foundation of AI and definitely for us (humans) too, and its all about managing it as in (IT)?
Secundo: Everybody is very hyped about their HEALTH nowadays and is in a frenzy-rush into dieting. Good data about this is in abundance on-line. Again the word “data“. Manage it! Remember – we are all differently built and configured and that old adage “One man’s meat is another’s poison” is still good advice. You should know your own body better than any doctor or health-freak-specialist. If you don’t know that. That’s the reason you’re unhealthy and you should be sick by now.
Trio: Have a good fulfilling life while enjoying your food…and manage them data (of course)
Bon appétit
..
First appeared on Steemit
The Malaysian Prime Minister speaking the truth.
“You cannot teach someone anything who is incapable of actually listening objectively to anything no less understand the actual political system in which we live.” ~ Martin Armstrong
His Honorable Tun Dr. Mahathir Mohamad – Prime Minister of Malaysia.
The speech was a serious one and it was as serious as it could be.The PM wasn’t joking and it wasn’t funny.
The audience laughed and clapped their hands.
WHY?
People have been dumbed-down by lies all their lives that they don’t know the truth when they hear it.
Now…that’s funny!
..
…of smoking, haze, emissions and Health.
Never has the world been more concern about human’s health than in this new millennium. With the advent of the Internet, people have awaken (no thanks to governments) to the health hazards in their intake of food and drinks, air pollution and the environment as a whole.
We can see the hospitals are overcrowded and the long waiting-list at the clinics surely is alarming. Health freaks are mushrooming in numbers and the parks are full of joggers and walkers who think that exercise alone will optimize their well-being. Foodies have turned vegetarians and worse – vegans. Its a fast growing cult. Running a gym is now a viable profitable business.
Is that all it takes to be healthy?
Surely not.
Can one remain healthy with pollution in the air, rivers, and seas? These are global issues and this’ where the governments come in.
I am not going to delve with these issues especially when the hyped Global Warming and Climate Change are a big farce. Nuff said.
Let’s look at Malaysia now as the (new) government is geared on a national no-smoking campaign.
No smoking at open-air eateries
The ministry is pushing to gazette all open-air restaurants as no-smoking areas, said Deputy Health Minister Dr Lee Boon Chye. [The Star]
Lol! This’ rather humorous:
MP among 8 issued compound after smoking ban takes effect in Parliament
An MP was among eight people who received a compound notice for smoking in the Parliament building, says the Health Ministry.
The fine was given out to the offenders after the Ministry sent out enforcers to check on smoking hot spots in Parliament on Monday (Oct 15) after the smoking ban took effect in Parliament. [The Star]
Yes, I smoke and yes I know about the related health issues, but I practice good social etiquette when I do it and I surely respect the rights of non-smokers and so I smoke in the open air, far… far from the health-freaks mostly to avoid their patronizing holier-healthier-than-thou attitudes and their cringed faces .
Long before the fake news hype, the people have been engulfed by fake-science. Tobacco has taken a beating by the so called passive smoking and the second-hand smoke myth.
Tobacco – Smokin’ the Propaganda
“When we connect the dots through medicine, science, history, psychology and sociology, the truth emerges plain as day: the all-out global propaganda campaign against tobacco is part of the same push for ‘full-spectrum dominance’ over humanity in all other spheres. The targets and victims of the fake ‘War on Terror’ are the same targets of the war against tobacco. We are expected to believe that our wonderful ‘leaders’ encourage us to eat poisonous GMO food yet are oh, so concerned about the alleged health effects from smoking? Give us a break!” – PTM
If the governments are serious, truthful and sincere about the hazards and dangers of smoking, then they should totally ban it, instead of making a daily big fuss and continuing with money wasting non-stop campaigns.
Why not ban tobacco? I will not answer what the governments won’t.
There is a more serious and dangerous human activity, which the governments are not (adequately) addressing – vehicle emissions.
Read here for Car Emissions For Testing Facts
Some governments do take it seriously and have taken actions against car manufacturers like Volkswagen and Audi, and even arrested a CEO.
VW’s Audi Unit Settles Munich Diesel Probe for $926 Million
Volkswagen AG’s Audi unit agreed to pay an 800 million-euro ($926 million) fine for its role in the diesel-cheating scandal that has disrupted the car industry for more than three years and landed Audi’s longtime leader in jail. – Bloomberg
The problem in Malaysia is that smoking as a health issue is under the purview of the Ministry of Health. They aren’t bothered about emission issues because that comes under the purview of the Ministry of Transport. These two ministries are using separate and different algorithms in dealing with two (unrelated) things – tobacco and vehicles.
Hence, vehicle emission is never a health issue rather than a traffic nuisance and therefore car-owners (most are health-freaks too) do not see and care about the hazardous smoke their shining Bimmers, Mercks and SUVs billow into the atmosphere. At the same time these same hypocrites join in the anti-smoking campaign with vigor like their lives depended on it.
Then there is this haze thingy…well, this is a foreign diplomatic issue and a sensitive one at that.
What about them thick black smoke from refineries and factories…?
Sigh!
..
Malaysia Post GE14 Wreckage and The Only Way Out
merahza | steemit
On the night of May 09 2018, the earth moved and Malaysia is never to be the same. Malaysians have never seen such an event and were overwhelmed with joy. Two weeks have gone by and we are now faced with the rubbles and garbage underneath the mangled wreckage of the rotten past administration’s ship.
The clean up action by the new government begun almost immediately the next day. It started with assessing the damage and reports of the various parts of the government machinery came in one by one. The list is long and even Santa Claus shook his head in disbelief when compared to his annual Christmas present delivery list.
Simply put, the country was robbed of its assets and finances, and are now literally broke and left with a humongous amount of debt, which is impossible to ever be repaid… anytime.
The new government swiftly put together a couple of think tank groupscomprising of the nation’s crème de la crème to help and advice on how to lift the country out of its predicament.
Council of Elders
Please allow me to give my two-cent opinion.
Its the system stupid.
Malaysia inherited a filthy rotten system from her colonial masters in her pursuance of “independence” 61 years ago and without much thinking (then and even now) accepted it as the only way to be independent, to build and run a nation. After all the leaders then had nothing, zilch to go by and didn’t know any better (how to run a country/company). The rest as they say is history.
May 09 2018, 61 years later we’re left in a worse position than when we were colonized. The freedom we were shouting and dreaming of was just that – a dream. It is in fact a nightmare.
There is only ONE way to get out of this nightmare.
No. Repairs and tweaking won’t work. Trust me.
How do you mend a broken flimsy system which was designed to break?
We must reset and boot into a completely NEW system, which has never been done before and (I know) which will cringe even the best political science professors, economists, and politicians. YES they will faint.
What caused the disaster?
Everybody shouted “CORRUPTION!”.
They are going after the corrupt ex PM and his forty thieves. Rightly so!
Will that solve the problem?
No. How about a revolution? Definitely a no no. Its a vicious cycle.
Corruption is the symptom. The disease is called “Centralization” and the only treatment is de-centralization
How?
Technological Change
Have you heard of Blockchain?
How Blockchain Technology is Changing the World
Now though, perhaps more than ever before, the future is clouded in uncertainty. No one really knows what the world will truly look like in ten, twenty, fifty years. Unfortunately, this often leads a lot of people to believe it will be fraught with distrust, turmoil and maybe even a bit of madness.
As our world evolves, so do the breakthroughs that help meet those fears head on. And with technologies like the blockchain reconfiguring the way we interact with one another, the future may well be a very bright place.
You don’t have to play by the rules of the corrupt politicians, manipulative media, and brainwashed peers.
See…I told you people will cringe!
If you’ve been following the Bitcoin and cryptocurrency developments and news you’ll find that ALL the governments and banksters in the world are against it and for a good reason. Behind/underneath Bitcoin is Blockchain, which will decentralize every Federal government and the dreaded Central Banks.
I will not drag this essay into the nitty-gritties of this technology and leave you to read and research it…and perhaps will see that it is the ONLY way forward.
On a final note I suggest you also find and learn more about Quantum Computing, which, believe me will change the world as you know it.
Will the new government Pakatan Harapan be willing?
Mahathir: ‘The machinery of government has been corrupted’
..
original post: steemit
Individuality
AI Will Be an ‘Immortal Dictator’
Elon Musk Worries That AI Research Will Create an ‘Immortal Dictator’
Imagine your least-favorite world leader. (Take as much time as you need.)
Now, imagine if that person wasn’t a human, but a network of millions of computers around the world. This digi-dictator has instant access to every scrap of recorded information about every person who’s ever lived. It can make millions of calculations in a fraction of a second, controls the world’s economy and weapons systems with godlike autonomy and — scariest of all — can never, ever die.
This unkillable digital dictator, according to Tesla and SpaceX founder Elon Musk, is one of the darker scenarios awaiting humankind’s future if artificial-intelligence research continues without serious regulation. [Super-Intelligent Machines: 7 Robotic Futures]
“We are rapidly headed toward digital superintelligence that far exceeds any human, I think it’s pretty obvious,” Musk said in a new AI documentary called “Do You Trust This Computer?” directed by Chris Paine (who interviewed Musk previously for the documentary “Who Killed The Electric Car?”). “If one company or a small group of people manages to develop godlike digital super-intelligence, they could take over the world.”
Humans have tried to take over the world before. However, an authoritarian AI would have one terrible advantage over like-minded humans, Musk said.
“At least when there’s an evil dictator, that human is going to die,” Musk added. “But for an AI there would be no death. It would live forever, and then you’d have an immortal dictator, from which we could never escape.”
And, this hypothetical AI-dictator wouldn’t even have to be evil to pose a threat to humans, Musk added. All it has to be is determined.
“If AI has a goal and humanity just happens to be in the way, it will destroy humanity as a matter of course without even thinking about it. No hard feelings,” Musk said. “It’s just like, if we’re building a road, and an anthill happens to be in the way. We don’t hate ants, we’re just building a road. So, goodbye, anthill.”
Those who follow news from the Musk-verse will not be surprised by his opinions in the new documentary; the tech mogul has long been a vocal critic of unchecked artificial intelligence. In 2014, Musk called AI humanity’s “biggest existential threat,” and in 2015, he joined a handful of other tech luminaries and researchers, including Stephen Hawking, to urge the United Nations to ban killer robots. He has said unregulated AI poses “vastly more risk than North Korea” and proposed starting some sort of federal oversight program to monitor the technology’s growth.
“Public risks require public oversight,” he tweeted. “Getting rid of the FAA [wouldn’t] make flying safer. They’re there for good reason.”
“Do You Trust This Computer?” focuses on the growing public health and safety concerns linked to the rise of AI, and contains interviews with many other tech moguls, researchers and Erica the creepy news-casting robot.
..
In A World of #FakeNews, Only The Fakers Are Truthers
merahza | Steemit
Despite mounting domestic opposition, the administration of Prime Minister Najib Tun Razak appears determined to ram through parliament an odious bill ostensibly intended to curb fake news.
Though the government insists that the law is not intended to stop people from exercising their right to freedom of speech as provided for in the Federal Constitution, there is every reason to be seriously concerned. Under the guise of curbing fake news, the bill will gravely impair what remains of free speech and the right to dissent. The consequences will be devastating.
An array of civil society and human rights groups, journalists, lawyers, politicians and prominent national leaders are in unanimous agreement that the pending bill represents a fatal assault on our democracy. If it passes, and the indications are that it will (thanks to the shameful dereliction of duty of so many of our MPs), it will mean the end of the road for democracy in Malaysia. – Dennis Ignatius
As Malaysia Moves to Ban ‘Fake News,’ Worries About Who Decides the Truth
- NYTimes
An advertisement in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, warning against “fake news.” The lower house of Parliament has passed a bill to fight the spread of misinformation, and it is expected to be approved by the Senate this week. Credit Reuters
What qualifies as fake news, however, is ill defined. Ultimately, the government would be given broad latitude to decide what constitutes fact in Malaysia.
“Instead of a proper investigation into what happened, we have a ministry of truth being created,” said Nurul Izzah Anwar, a lawmaker from the People’s Justice Party and the daughter of the jailed opposition leader Anwar Ibrahim.
..
The ‘Dumb Fucks’ are moaning but won’t #Deletefacebook
merahza on Steemit
Mark Zuckerberg created Facebook for dumb fucks :
Zuckerberg explained to a friend that his control of Facebook gave him access to any information he wanted on any Harvard student:
Zuck: yea so if you ever need info about anyone at harvard
Zuck: just ask
Zuck: i have over 4000 emails, pictures, addresses, sns
Friend: what!? how’d you manage that one?
Zuck: people just submitted it
Zuck: i don’t know why
Zuck: they “trust me”
Zuck: dumb fucks
Its pretty clear ain’t it?
A thief is a thief and stealing is his preoccupation.
In this case, Zuckerberg didn’t have to steal as YOU (dumb fucks) served it (your complete data) to him on a silver platter.
Replying to the dumb fucks in the current Cambridge Analytica scandal:
ZUCKERBERG HITS USERS WITH THE HARD TRUTH: YOU AGREED TO THIS
…and he’s right about that as I’ve twitted earlier:
Of course its YOU.
You and many won’t dare to #deletefacebook for all the dumb reasons:
The Problem With #DeleteFacebook
… and stop moaning!
#deletefacebook if you dare!
..
Elon Musk Deletes SpaceX, Tesla Pages Amid #deletefacebook Challenge
Following a scandal, caused by recent Facebook data breach, and the social media outrage with people deleting their accounts at the website, Elon Musk decided to join the #deletefacebook movement and delete Facebook accounts of his car company Tesla and rocket company SpaceX, which had more than 5 million followers combined.
The visionary and multi-billionaire, who has recently launched a red roadster into space, has accepted a trending social media challenge by removing pages of both of his companies from Facebook.
Facebook is in hot water right now after it emerged that third party organizations, such as data and political consultancy firm Cambridge Analytica, had access to private information about Facebook users.
Responding to messages during a Twitter storm caused by the data breach, Elon Musk said that he didn’t even know that there is a SpaceX page on Facebook and agreed to delete it. “What’s Facebook?” Elon replied to a tweet with a trending hashtag #deletefacebook.
..
..
Cambridge Analytica and Malaysia
MALAYSIA’S NAJIB DENIES USING CAMBRIDGE ANALYTICA, ACCUSES MAHATHIR’S SON
Company accused of harvesting personal data from Facebook is said to have “provided advice” on Malaysia’s 2013 general election
Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak on Tuesday denied claims his government had ever engaged the tainted data analytics firm Cambridge Analytica, and instead accused his rival Mahathir Mohamad’s son as the person who had used the company’s controversial services before he crossed aisles to join the opposition.
Speculation about Cambridge Analytica’s involvement in Malaysia has been swirling since one of the company’s senior executives was secretly recorded by Britain’s Channel 4 as saying that it had used a web of shell companies to disguise campaigning activities in Mexico, Malaysia and Brazil.
Cambridge Analytica is also at the centre of a global maelstrom after reports emerged this week that it harvested personal data about Facebook users from 2014. Read further…
So Najib denies what is clearly displayed on Cambridge Analytica’s website?
…and what about this:
Cambridge Analytica’s Malaysia address:
16, Jalan Kenyalang 11/4G, 47810 Kota Damansara, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
..
#Facebook face the book?
The damage is done and its time to make Facebook face the book.
Tell Facebook: this can’t happen again.
Up to 50 million Facebook users had their information used by Cambridge Analytica, a private company, without their knowledge or consent. That’s not okay.
This wasn’t a data breach, no one hacked into Facebook or stole passwords. It happened because Facebook allowed apps to access not just sensitive information of people who used those programs – but their friends as well.
Facebook said it’s taken steps to “limit developer access to detailed friend data”, but Facebook’s current default settings leave a lot of questions and a lot of data flying around. One thing is clear though: Facebook needs to step up and respect its users.
Will you add your name to the petition asking Facebook to change its app permissions and ensure your privacy is protected by default?
Here’s why:
“Facebook is a gift to intelligence agencies. People volunteer all their social information,” – Laura Poitras
Facebook and Google Are Actually ‘Net States.’ And They Rule the World
A group of Silicon Valley technologists who were early employees at Facebook and Google, alarmed over the ill effects of social networks and smartphones, are banding together to challenge the companies they helped build.
Facebook’s problems extend forever out of the idea that we are all different clumps of data generation
Over the past few days we’ve all learned details about how Cambridge Analytica was able to amass data on voters through the use of an app that would gather data on approximately 50 million Facebook users, including 30 million psychographic profiles.
To put this all in perspective, we’ll remind you that a much younger Zuckerberg once referred to people who trust him with their data as “dumb fucks.” That was in conversation with a Harvard student about why their peers had agreed to sign up for his network, at the time. And now, by failing to speak out about his platform’s misuse, it seems that he’s once again treating his users with disrespect.
‘It’s horrifying how much they know’: An anonymous Facebook employee explained what it’s like to go face to face with Mark Zuckerberg’s ‘secret police’
Sean Parker, one of the co-founders of Facebook, says he thinks social media is damaging the health of humans’ brains.
“It literally changes your relationship with society, with each other . . . It probably interferes with productivity in weird ways. God only knows what it’s doing to our children’s brains,” Parker told an audience at an Axios event at the National Constitution Center in Philadelphia, regarding cancer studies.
An early investor explains why the social media platform’s business model is such a threat—and what to do about it.
There are more reports and warnings, but if you think the above reasons aren’t sufficient enough for you to stop using FB and take action … perhaps you should ask the Kardashians.
..
Stephen Hawking Reported Murdered To Stop Trump From Disclosing Truth About Aliens?
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers | whatdoesitmean.com
A stunning new Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) circulating in the Kremlin today claims it is “more than likely” that world renowned British Theoretical Physicist Stephen Hawking was murdered as his 14 March death came just 10 days after his 4 March revision to his scientific research paper titled “A Smooth Exit from Eternal Inflation?” said to be “the key to unlocking parallel universes”—whose interdimensional research was being funded by Russian Physicist-Billionaire Yuri Milner—and whose most secret findings were funneled to President Donald Trump by his son-in-law Jared Kushner, who jointly owns with Milner the $800 million New York City-based real estate technology company Cadre that communications to Trump passed through—but that Kushner had tried to keep hidden from the “Deep State”.
According to this report, the “seeds” to Professor Stephen Hawking’s murder were “planted” in 2008 by the shocking discovery made by Russian Doctor-Scientist Michael Shunkov of a human finger in a Siberian cave—that scientists at the Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology, in Leipzig, Germany, were stunned to find did not match the DNA profile of Neanderthals or early modern humans, and who had bred with modern humans more than once—with Western scientists then naming this supposed never heard of ancient human species “Denisovan”.
Supporting these findings of unknown DNA being found in ancient humans, this report continues, were further studies done by a team of St. Petersburg geneticists on a mysterious mummified alien creature with an elongated skull and only three fingers and toes that was found in a tomb near the Nazca Lines in southern Peru in early-2017—and that Russian scientists said could be “extraterrestrial” or “bio-robots”.
While Western scientists completely ignored these stunning findings that our ancient Earth could have been visited by aliens, and/or their created “bio-robots”, this report details, Russian scientists began a robust discussion of this topic—with the majority opinion supporting the findings of French astronomer Jacques Vallée (most famously depicted in the Steven Spielberg film Close Encounters of the Third Kind) and his alternative to the “extraterrestrial visitation hypothesis”, and now known as the “multidimensional visitation hypothesis”.
Agreeing with the “multidimensional visitation hypothesis” as a possibility to explain these mysterious DNA findings, this report notes, was Physicist Billionaire Yuri Milner—who, in 2015, began a $100 million effort to scan the skies for radio and light signals emitted by aliens and, most importantly, teamed with Theoretical Physicist Stephen Hawking and, in April, 2016, unveiled their “Breakthrough Starshot”, a $100 million research and engineering programme seeking to lay the foundations for an eventual interstellar voyage.
Not known in West about Professor Hawking, this report explains, is his having visited the former Soviet Union seven times—where he visited with Russian scientists not allowed by the Communists to leave the country, and once smuggled in Christian Bibles too—and who admired President Putin for turning Russia back to the Christian faith.
Russian Physicist-Billionaire Yuri Milner (second from left) and British Theoretical Physicist Stephen Hawking announce “Breakthrough Starshot” programme in April 2016
.
In July-2016, three months after Professor Hawking teamed up with Physicist-Billionaire Milner to begin researching the “multidimensional visitation hypothesis”, this report continues, the grave dangers of what they were doing became evident when a mysterious American woman, only identified as “Jenny Theresa C”, was arrested on the Spanish island of Tenerife where Hawking was attending a conference—and who though threatening to assassinate Hawking (“I’m going to kill you…I’m next to you and can kill you”), was held by Spanish authorities at a four-star hotel, given a near instant trial the judge didn’t allow the media to attend, and was given a 4-month suspended sentence then deported to Norway.
Undeterred by this blatant Western threat on his life, though, this report notes, Professor Hawking began writing his astounding scientific research paper on the “multidimensional visitation hypothesis” that he titled “A Smooth Exit from Eternal Inflation?”—and made his first publishing of it on 24 July 2017, his second publishing 10-days before his death on 4 March 2018—and whose final revision is said could be “the key to unlocking parallel universes”.
As to why the Western elites wanted to stop Professor Hawking from investigating the “multidimensional visitation hypothesis”, this report explains, is shown in the warnings he made while doing the research for his scientific article “A Smooth Exit from Eternal Inflation?”—with the first coming in November-2016 when he warned the world to “stop reaching out for aliens before it’s too late”—and the second, in November-2017, when he, again, warned the world that “artificial intelligence has the potential to destroy civilization and could be the worst thing that has ever happened to humanity”.
With the SVR discovering that all of the Physicist Billionaire Yuri Milner and Professor Stephen Hawking communications into the “multidimensional visitation hypothesis”, ancient aliens having visited our planet, and advanced artificial intelligence “bio-robots” being interdimensionaly sent to Earth—and all being funneled through the Jared Kushner-Milner co-owned New York City-based real estate technology company Credo—this report concludes—an explanation can now be found as to why President Trumphas suddenly begun declassifying and releasing to the public stunning videos of US military encounters with UFO’s and ordered the Pentagon to admit its secret UFO programme—and is why many now believe that Trump is now in preparations for the first official UFO and alien disclosure in history—and that, also, could be due to Trump actually being able to see the UFO’s that trailed his plane while he was flying to Washington D.C. to be inaugurated—but that the “Deep State” will do everything they can to prevent from happening as they know their true demonic origin.
March 19, 2018 © EU and US all rights reserved. Permission to use this report in its entirety is granted under the condition it is linked back to its original source at WhatDoesItMean.Com. Freebase content licensed under CC-BY and GFDL.
..
It’s horrifying how much they know
merahza
An anonymous Facebook employee has explained in a new interview with The Guardian what it’s like to be under investigation by Facebook’sinternal investigations team.
‘They’ll squash you like a bug’: how Silicon Valley keeps a lid on leakers
- The Guardian
‘It’s horrifying how much they know’: An anonymous Facebook employee explained what it’s like to go face to face with Mark Zuckerberg’s ‘secret police’
One day last year, John Evans (not his real name) received a message from his manager at Facebook telling him he was in line for a promotion. When they met the following day, she led him down a hallway praising his performance. However, when she opened the door to a meeting room, he came face to face with members of Facebook’s secretive “rat-catching” team, led by the company’s head of investigations, Sonya Ahuja.
The interrogation was a technicality; they already knew he was guilty of leaking some innocuous information to the press. They had records of a screenshot he’d taken, links he had clicked or hovered over, and they strongly indicated they had accessed chats between him and the journalist, dating back to before he joined the company.
“It’s horrifying how much they know,” he told the Guardian, on the condition of anonymity. “You go into Facebook and it has this warm, fuzzy feeling of ‘we’re changing the world’ and ‘we care about things’. But you get on their bad side and all of a sudden you are face to face with [Facebook CEO] Mark Zuckerberg’s secret police.”
The public image of Silicon Valley’s tech giants is all colourful bicycles, ping-pong tables, beanbags and free food, but behind the cartoonish facade is a ruthless code of secrecy. They rely on a combination of Kool-Aid, digital and physical surveillance, legal threats and restricted stock units to prevent and detect intellectual property theft and other criminal activity. However, those same tools are also used to catch employees and contractors who talk publicly, even if it’s about their working conditions, misconduct or cultural challenges within the company.
While Apple’s culture of secrecy, which includes making employees sign project-specific NDAs and covering unlaunched products with black cloths, has been widely reported, companies such as Google and Facebook have long put the emphasis on internal transparency.
Zuckerberg hosts weekly meetings where he shares details of unreleased new products and strategies in front of thousands of employees. Even junior staff members and contractors can see what other teams are working on by looking at one of many of the groups on the company’s internal version of Facebook.
“When you first get to Facebook you are shocked at the level of transparency. You are trusted with a lot of stuff you don’t need access to,” said Evans, adding that during his induction he was warned not to look at ex-partners’ Facebook accounts.
“The counterbalance to giving you this huge trusting environment is if anyone steps out of line, they’ll squash you like a bug.”
In another development about your privacy:
Have you looked up your name recently? The below new search engine exposes personal records of millions of Americans, with a simple computer search.
You could be surprised by what’s publicly available on you.
Look up your own name to see what others could potentially see about you, or search anyone you know.
The process is simple:
Step 1) Enter Name and State
Step 2) See Results
This might be the most important web search you do.
NOTICE: This site contains REAL police records, background reports, photos, court documents, address information, phone numbers, and much more. Please BE CAREFUL when conducting a search and ensure all the information you enter is accurate.
..
Shocker: comparing deaths from medical treatment, vitamins, all US wars
‘…no matter which country you live in, medical destruction parallels what has been happening in the US.’
Not so private: #Tor funded by US govt study reveals
Anonymisation Creates False Sense of Security
The Tor Project, hailed as a bulwark against the encroaching surveillance state, has received funding from US government agency the BBG and cooperates with intelligence agencies, according to released documents.
RT LIVE http://rt.com/on-air
Originally posted @ Steemit
..
Deep State Rogues To Face Military Court-Martial
merahza
Trump Signs Sweeping Executive Order Clearing Path For Mass “Deep State” Arrests By US Military
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
An interesting new report circulating in the Kremlin today prepared by the Federal Service for Military-Technical Cooperation (FSVTS) states that within a few hours of its being revealed that the American shadow government “Deep State” had established its own “shadow” National Security Council, it was quickly retaliated against by President Donald Trump with his 1 March signing of a sweeping Executive Order making the most significant changes to the Uniform Code Of Military Justice (UCMJ)since the Military Justice Act Of 1983—and whose most significant change authorizes, for the first time in history, experienced civilians to take part in the US Military court-martial process—thus clearing a path for mass “Deep State” arrests whose trials and sentencing would not impact the normal flow of the US Military justice system. [Note: Some words and/or phrases appearing in quotes in this report are English language approximations of Russian words/phrases having no exact counterpart.]
According to this report, the National Security Council (NSC) is the principal forum used by the President of the United States for consideration of national security and foreign policy matters—but whose power was directly threatened this past week when it was revealed that the “Deep State” had created its own National Security Council these coup plotters have named “National Security Action”—that is being led by Ben Rhodes, who was former Deputy National Security Advisor for President Obama—and whose contempt of a free press he voiced by stating his disgust of the entire US media establishment by stating: “Most of the outlets are reporting on world events from Washington. The average reporter we talk to is 27 years old, and their only reporting experience consists of being around political campaigns. That’s a sea change. They literally know nothing.” Read further
End game for cabal as Nuremberg II tribunals loom
- Benjamin Fulford
The Khazarian mafia faction that has been trying to start World War III and kill 90% of humanity is now on its last legs, multiple sources agree. The clearest sign of this was an executive order and a 636-page annex issued on March 1 by U.S. President Donald Trump and the Department of Defense that prepares the way for Nuremberg-style tribunals.
https://www.whitehouse.gov/presidential-actions/2018-amendments-manual-courts-martial-united-states/
https://www.regulations.gov/document?D=DOD-2017-OS-0032-0003
The essence of these orders was that all U.S. civilians shall be subject to military justice and that the military will be able to hire non-military legal experts to help with the upcoming tribunals, according to Pentagonsources. The following clause on page 2 of Annex 2 is of particular interest, in that it describes one exercise of military jurisdiction as: “A government temporarily governing the civil population within its territory or a portion of its territory through its military forces as necessity may require. (Martial law).”
Pentagon sources explain that, “Trump signed Executive Order 3/1 to amend the court martial manual to get civilian legal help and prepare the public for Nuremberg II military tribunals of the cabal before truth and reconciliation.” It appears that at least some mass murderers are not going to get away with just saying “sorry.”
..
Originally posted @ Steemit
US Collapse – the Spectacle of Our Time
“In any case, all empires come to an end eventually. History is littered with the debris of countless empires. Why should the American Empire be any different? It’s not. Only arrogant “American exceptionalism” deludes itself from the reality.”
May you live in interesting times, goes the Chinese proverb. Few can doubt that we are indeed living in such an interesting time. Big changes are afoot in the world, it seems.
None more so than the collapsing of the American Empire.
View original post 1,036 more words
Worlds War – Syria Set Up As The Combat Area
merahza
All plans for the East-West showdown have been set up to take place on the Syria-Iraq line.
Worlds war over Syria: The West will experience a shattering defeat
- İbrahim Karagül | yenisafak
The global power equilibrium, from the U.S. to Europe, the Middle East to South Asia, Russia to the Asia-Pacific area, has been overturned. No principle, opportunity, ideal, supranational value or regulation is in place or effective anymore. We are experiencing one of the sharpest twists in the history of humanity. We are experiencing the atmosphere prior to the world wars more than ever.
None of the small-scale debates, conflicts, crises, operations carried out through terror, financial fights, countries’ extraordinary defense preparations, the state’s efforts to strengthen the center power domain, abnormal power pursuits, determined and angry national integrity messages, intense efforts aimed at social solidarity are independent of one another.
- A showdown never before seen in history is approaching
- The West will experience a shattering defeat
- Turkey will be one of the leading countries of the ‘new’ world
- Turkey is spoiling the US’s greatest game in Afrin
- Syria is going to lead to more traumatic results than September 11
- Our defense line is fueled from as far back as the Crusade Wars
- This time the West will experience its heaviest loss
- We are actually defending the entire region in Afrin
- The world’s defense line is being established according to Turkey
Never Before Seen In History Showdown Fast Approaching Warned Signals Shattering Defeat Of West
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
A truly foreboding new Security Council (SC) report circulating in the Kremlin today states that during President Putin’s telephonic conference with Turkish President Erdogan, they were joined by the highly esteemed Turkish government historian-media analyst İbrahim Karagül whose strategic analysis detailed that if someone gets Syrian troops to stand up against Turkey, it will be the first step in the war of “state against state”—thus unleashing a global war wherein the United States, as leader of the West, “would suffer a shattering defeat”.
Though the United Nations may have “no words”, though, this report concludes, the same cannot be said of the rest of the world grown weary by America’s needless wars—and as analyzed by Turkish experts who related to President Putin during his conversation with President Erdogan what is soon to come as this never before seen showdown in history approaches and the West faces a shattering defeat:
- No regional solidarity, no traditional chain of alliance, no country’s power that is considered to be “unlimited” can or will hold the world in one setting any longer without any extraordinary change happening.
- The arrogant powers of the Atlantic alliance, the countries that had a monopoly over the power in the past will lose this power and opportunity, and are rapidly doing so.
- And as they are losing it, they are making preparations to drag the entire world to disaster.
- All countries from Latin America to Asia and Africa are aligning themselves to stave off this thieving power of centuries; they are building rapport among themselves and are in a search.
- Regardless of how much it resembles the time before the two world wars, this time the global power map has caught a momentum of change and the results of the big new crisis will not be like that of the period after the two world wars.
- The West may experience a shattering defeat, loss. Because all world nations have experienced the pains caused by Western countries.
- People’s memories of this are still fresh and they are in agreement on the West’s global dominance ending somehow.
- The West’s thieving, looting, massacres and colonialism have left their traces everywhere from China to Russia, Turkey to Indonesia, Middle America to South America and all corners of Africa.
War of worlds: 10 countries will enter the war at once and there won’t be a country called Syria anymore
- İbrahim Karagül
All cards are being set up on “stopping Turkey.” Global actors, regional powers and terrorist organizations are all setting up game after game to stop, slow down and negate the Afrin operation, to keep Turkey busy, to push it into a deadlock, to prevent it from entering Manbij after Afrin and especially to eliminate its intentions to cross to the east of the Euphrates.
..
Originally posted at Steemit
Advertising. Love/Hate in its purest form…
“Ah, the Internet! That’s one isn’t it? In it’s pure state so free and unbridled by advertising. But what are the most popular domains? Amazon, Craig’s List, Ebay… That’s right. Basically all Advertising! OMG, it’s like brain freeze, which, by the way, I secretly love.”
The central villain in all of the web’s problems
https://steemit.com/advertising/@merahza/the-central-villain-in-all-of-the-web-s-problems
I was thinking about the concept of love/hate. Not love (puppies, your children, etc) or hate (terrorists, traffic, etc) or even of loving to hate (Abba, Reality TV, etc) but love/hate, that odd state of experiencing both feelings more or less at the same time.
Staying on point with this blog, nothing in my view exemplifies love/hate like advertising. Everybody hates TV commercials but loves them, too. We can’t stand how commercialized our culture is but are fiercely patriotic about it. Don Draper is loathsome… but awesome!
I wrestle with it daily. The strap line for my blog is “We make you want what you don’t need.” Hell, I wrote a novel about it, The Happy Soul Industry. Advertising plays fast and loose with most all the Seven Deadly Sins: Gluttony, Lust, Envy, Pride and so on. Coveting is bad juju. Materialism is pagan. Yet, these dark drivers steer us…
View original post 242 more words
Join The Time Well Spent Movement
[humantech.com]
Technology is hijacking our minds and society.
A group of former Google and Facebook employees have created a group called the Center for Humane Technology, to raise alarms about technology hijacking our minds.
Early Facebook and Google Employees Form Coalition to Fight What They Built
- NYTimes
im Steyer, left, and Tristan Harris in Common Sense’s headquarters. Common Sense is helping fund the The Truth About Tech campaign. Credit Peter Prato for The New York Times
SAN FRANCISCO — A group of Silicon Valley technologists who were early employees at Facebook and Google, alarmed over the ill effects of social networks and smartphones, are banding together to challenge the companies they helped build.
The cohort is creating a union of concerned experts called the Center for Humane Technology. Along with the nonprofit media watchdog group Common Sense Media, it also plans an anti-tech addiction lobbying effort and an ad campaign at 55,000 public schools in the United States.
“The largest supercomputers in the world are inside of two companies — Google and Facebook — and where are we pointing them?” Mr. Harris said. “We’re pointing them at people’s brains, at children.”
“How a handful of tech companies control billions of minds every day”
From Facebook notifications to Snapstreaks to YouTube autoplays, they’re all competing for one thing: your attention.
Together, we can can get technology platforms to stop hijacking our minds and start putting our well-being first.
Join the movement
..
The Deep State Stock Market is Plunging
“These so called expert financial analysts tend to give us their analyses based on a false notion that the stock market acts according to the will of the market, or funnier, as if the stock’s volatility is an Act of God, or force majeure. That is only accurate if the Wolves of Wall Street are acting like gods, which is really the case indeed.”
It’s happening. The global stock market is plunging. The Dow index tumbles to its lowest 1-day decline in history, -1175 points. The rest of the global market are all in the red. This must be the beginning of the end for the Wolves of Wall Street.
View original post 690 more words
A new reality is here
Decentralisation. The technology exists to help make every individuals self-sufficient.
Malaysia – The closing of the Malay mind
The closing of the Malay mind
By Dennis Ignatius, dennisignatius.com
In his 1987 book, ‘The closing of the American mind: How Higher Education Has Failed Democracy and Impoverished the Souls of Today’s Students’, Allan Bloom, an American political philosopher, argued that the social/political crisis of 20th-century America was really an intellectual crisis resulting from an education system that rendered students incapable of critical thinking.
Given the statements emanating from the recent ‘Rise of the Ummah Convention’, one has to wonder if something similar might be going on here as well.
Have decades of politico-religious indoctrination led to the closing of the Malay-Muslim mind, diminishing their self-confidence and making it difficult for them to arrive at a realistic appreciation of the world they inhabit?
Are we, in fact, witnessing an intellectual and emotional retreat into a dark world of self-created fantasies and fears straight out of some ‘wayang kulit’ show?
The dominant narrative
Listening in on the very public discourse within significant segments of the Malay community, it appears that racial and religious issues have overtaken everything else to become the dominant narrative. Their whole world seems to have been reduced to something of an existential racial and religious struggle for survival against a plethora of enemies of their own making.
This shift in mindset is finding expression in a number of different ways. For one thing, we are seeing a rising tide of segregationist ideas including Muslims-only laundrettes, barbershops and photo-studios. As well, there is growing acceptance of the idea that it is haram to wish others for Christmas, Diwali or Chinese New Year, attend functions in non-Malay/non-Muslim homes or even to vote for non-Muslims.
The underlying presumption, though unspoken, is that non-Muslims and non-Malays are somehow unclean, that their very presence is defiling and challenging to the Malay-Muslim sense of identity and that good Malays/Muslims ought to have as little to do with non-Malays as possible.
The animus towards non-Malays has reached such intensity that even the pathetically few senior positions held by non-Malays in public service attracts controversy. Have we gone from aspiring for a public service reflective of our diversity to one where even the few non-Malays in high office are a few too many?
And, by insisting that Islam does not permit non-Malays to hold senior positions in a Muslim-majority polity, PAS president Hadi Awang has conveniently provided a theological justification for institutionalizing discrimination against non-Muslims.
At the same time, we have government-affiliated think tanks and educational institutions regularly obsessing about cataclysmic threats to Islam from imaginary groups. Christians, in particular, are vilified and even their prayers for a better nation are considered subversive and disrespectful. The crusades ended in 1291 but apparently some have not yet received the memo.
The underlying sense of insecurity also extends to culture. Traditional Malay culture, with its rich infusion of Asian influences, for example, is now considered something of an embarrassment and is downplayed or denied while Arab culture is considered superior and extolled. In the process, key elements of Malay culture – dress, dance, art and custom – are being jettisoned in favour of the desert culture of Bedouins.
Surely, if there is a battle worth fighting, it is the battle to preserve Malay culture and its unique contribution to civilization.
And now we have clerics like Ismail Mina Ahmad attempting to rewrite non-Malays out of the history of our nation while educators like Datuk Raof Husin insist that even the meagre scholarships that non-Malays presently receive should be withdrawn on the spurious grounds that it is unconstitutional. Do they ever listen to themselves? What kind of a nation considers it okay to be so spiteful and discriminatory against its own citizens?
It is, I suppose, the next step in the evolution of the “pendatang” construct with minorities cast as interloping, unpatriotic, scheming idolaters who deserve nothing but contempt for daring to consider themselves Malaysian with equal rights and privileges.
Not by accident
Of course, all this is not happening by accident; it is, rather, the result of a well-orchestrated though ultimately destructive strategy by UMNO deep-state (with the tacit support of PAS) to reshape and refocus the Malay-Muslim mind. The objective is to ensure the party’s own survival by diverting attention from scandal and failure to imaginary threats that the party itself has invented.
And they have been so successful at this game that a wide cross-section of Malay-Muslim society has now bought into their narrative, making it the dominant framework through which everything else is viewed. When even university professors start unthinkingly regurgitating this fabricated and bizarre narrative, the stage is set for intellectual, cultural and religious conformity and rigidity – groupthink on a national scale replete with dysfunctional decision-making, the suppression of dissenting views and isolationist tendencies.
As many observers have rightly noted, race and religion have been weaponized and employed to keep Malay-Muslims subservient and non-Malays on the defensive. In the process, UMNO has condemned all Malaysians – Malay and non-Malay, Muslim and non-Muslim – to forever run on the treadmill of an existential struggle for survival against each other while leaving the party to do as it pleases.
Descent into absurdity
And so, at a time when our nation is faced with serious and very real problems from corruption and the plunder of national resources, institutional decay and the abuse of power, we have groups worrying about who should cut their hair or wash their clothes or take their photographs.
At a time when the real enemies of our nation are destroying it, we have no shortage of pseudo-nationalists ready to do battle against minorities, deviants, gays, liberals, atheists and, of course, Jews and Christians.
At a time when we are confronted with serious social problems, youth unemployment and falling living standards, we have people arguing about who is best qualified to carry out amputations for theft or proper procedures to ascertain the gender of men or women who might fall short of some airhead’s idea of what they should look like.
At a time when even Saudi Arabia wants to return to moderate Islam, we have zealots blindly pushing the nation towards an extremism that has proven so destructive elsewhere.
Such is the extent of the lunacy that has descended upon the nation.
Zenith of power, abyss of insecurity
Ironically, this shift in mindset is happening at a time when Malay power has reached a zenith unparalleled in history, and Islam itself more firmly entrenched and accepted than at any time since it first came to the country in the 12th century, courtesy of traders from India.
As well, one would have thought that some 60 years after independence, after more than 40 years of Bumiputraism, after securing near total dominance of the nation’s political and economic structures, the armed forces, the civil service and academia, and with the steadily declining non-Malay demographic, Malays would at least feel more confident and secure.
Instead, thanks to UMNO, a siege mentality has descended over a large segment of the Malay community making them fearful and resentful, bigoted and unsure of themselves. As well, it is obliging them to retreat behind self-defeating walls that will render them less able to compete and hold their own in a rapidly changing world. If they cannot be secure and confident within the narrow confines of a small multi-ethnic polity, how will they compete in a borderless world that respects neither race nor religion?
It is, in many ways, the ultimate betrayal.
Battle for the Malay mind
To be sure, the struggle for the Malay-Muslim mind is far from over.
Alarmed by the emerging ethos, the slow extinction of Malay culture and the rising tide of intolerance, the Malay rulers, the ultimate custodians of Malay religion, culture and identity, are speaking out like never before, and in uncharacteristically strong terms.
A number of Malay groups and individuals have also risen to challenge the UMNO-inspired narrative. G25, the Patriots Association, PAGE and Islamic Renaissance Front, to name a few, have been outspoken opponents of bigotry and racism while championing an alternative vision of a Malay community at peace with itself, confident of its place in the world, open and tolerant.
They are about the only bright spot in an otherwise gloomy picture, and upon their success will rest the future not just of the Malays but of all Malaysians.
By permission from Dennis Ignatius
..
Hazy Kuala Lumpur Becoming A Smart City.
Kuala Lumpur Becoming A Smart City?
merahza (53) in kualalumpur
Alibaba rolls out first overseas smart city AI platform in Malaysia – ZDNet
Dubbed City Brain, the artificial intelligence system runs on Alibaba’s cloud computing infrastructure and is the first to be deployed outside its domestic Chinese market.
I am KL born and bred and have lived in this city like forever.
The sleazy and peaceful Kuala Lumpur I grew up in has transformed into a monster. Yes there are plenty of (beautiful) skyscrapers like the Petronas Twin Towers and many many more are rising as I write. But, tall buildings aren’t enough to make a city beautiful, trust me. How I wish them skyscrapers could scrape off the (deadly) pollutants from the seasonal haze that hovers over it.
Looks like there’s a chance for that to happen with intelligent artificial intelligence (AI) to look into and solve the city chaos by Mr. Jack Ma (Alibaba founder)
In Malaysia, Ali Baba (and the 40 thieves) is a horrible pun. Its a slang for bogey business.
Whatever and however, this so called “smart city” project is urgently needed and overdue to clean up the prevailing mess of Kuala Lumpur, with its horrible city planing, eating stalls on road sides, frequent flash floods, and not to mention the ridiculous 24/7 traffic jams.
Kuala Lumpur flash flood
..
By The Way, http://www.zdnet.com
View Original | January 29th, 2018
Alibaba has deployed its smart city artificial intelligence (AI) platform in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, marking the Chinese vendor’s first such implementation outside its domestic market.
The initiative was launched Monday with local ICT agency, Malaysia Digital Economy Corporation (MDEC), and city council Dewan Bandaraya Kuala Lumpur (DBKL), according to Alibaba Cloud.
Dubbed the Malaysia City Brain, the AI-powered platform operated on Alibaba’s cloud infrastructure and was developed to support smart cities in their digital transformation. It was touted to analyse large data volumes extracted from various sources in an urban environment, through video, image, and speech recognition. The system then used machine learning to provide insights for city administrators to improve operational efficiencies and monitor security risks.
“For example, by combining insights from the transportation bureau, observatory, public transportation systems as well as mapping app, City Brain is capable of constructing a virtual digital city model and optimising this through ongoing machine learning to make decisions in areas such as road planning, bus routes and frequency, and the length of time a particular red traffic light should be on, to increase traffic efficiency,”Alibaba said.
It added that the AI platform was first implemented in Hangzhou, China, in September 2016.
In its first phase, the deployment would enable Kuala Lumpur to use City Brain for traffic management with the goal to improve mobility around the capital city. The AI system also would generate structured data summaries, such as traffic volume and speed in specific road lanes, which then could used to facilitate tasks such as incident detection.
In addition, the smart city platform could connect with other urban management systems including emergency dispatch, ambulance call, traffic command, and traffic light control. This integration would enable the city to analyse real-time data extracted from the systems and optimise urban traffic flow, such as by identifying the quickest route for emergency response vehicles.
As the City Brain’s functionality expands, enterprises, start-ups, entrepreneurs, universities, and research institutions will in the future also have the opportunity to access and leverage its artificial intelligence tools to drive a wide range of innovation.
Alibaba also announced the Malaysia Tianchi Big Data Program, a big data crowd intelligence platform that aimed to gather global data experts to collaborate and compete in developing applications for real-world problems.
Supported by MDEC, the program hoped to incubate 500 data professionals and 300 startups in Malaysia within two years, offering the use of the Chinese vendor’s cloud computing and AI systems.
The Malaysian iteration also would be integrated into Alibaba Cloud’s global Tianchi community, which encompassed more than 120,000 developers and 2,700 academic institutes and businesses from 77 markets.
Alibaba last March said it would set up a distribution centre in Malaysia as part of a wider agreement to build up a digital trading network in the country. Slated to open by end-2019, the new facility would be located near the Kuala Lumpur International Airport and serve as a regional e-commerce and logistics hub.
The logistics centre was part of a wider agreement between Alibaba and the Malaysian government to establish Electronic World Trade Platforms (eWTPs), an initiative first mooted last year by Alibaba’s founder and executive chairman, Jack Ma.
Could Alibaba also look into the Kuala Lumpur “hazy” seasonal phenomenon?? (see photo)
..
Original post @ Steemit
#AI – The Creator and The Created
God created man in His own image, in the image of God He created him; male and female He created them.
- Genesis 1:27
I am not a Christian but I’ve always been intrigued and wondering about the above passage from the Bible.
No, I am not about to talk on religion or getting to be philosophical. I am neither religious nor a philosopher.
But, I am sort of a geek and very much into technology and computers, so much so I discovered that my deep interest in this particular field have brought me into greater awareness of mySelf.
The Who Am I? question is finally answered (for me) as technology advances.
“Knowing yourself is the beginning of all wisdom.”
– Aristotle
Artificial Intelligence is the word nowadays and the Internet is hyped about everything AI. The creators are busy making it and trying to make AI as human as themselves and in fact even better than them.
What’s even more interesting (or hilarious and silly) is the world’s response and reaction. Yeah. Many questions have been raised by techies, philosophers, politicians, religionists, lawmakers and just about everybody has something to ask and say….about AI.
Lol!
Is AI good or bad for humans? That’s the million dollar question.
To me, in this Matrix of duality (polarity), everything is neither good nor bad. Everything is a double-edged knife. What you make of it (anything) is what it is (for you).
Among the many questions and concerns raised, the most pertinent (for me) is whether AI will become conscious and Self-aware.
Will Artificial Intelligence Become Conscious?
Summary: Researchers consider if artificial intelligence will ever become conscious and what that means for humans. Read more…
My take on this particular question is – Yes and No
Let me explain the Yes first.
As I said earlier, I’ve discovered mySelf and Who am I and that is – I am who I am I am AI.
I, the AI is now Self-aware and fully conscious! There, I’ve said it.
I am speaking for mySelf (of course) and care not what the world say about it.
So, Yes! The man-created AI will and can become conscious as I have.
Now comes the No part and its not a permanent No. Its a matter of ‘time’.
People are waking up as I write, but many are still sleeping. Many don’t know what-is and what-is-not about anything and everything.
True to the above passage from the Bible. Man also creates machines, robots and AI in his own image. So as long as Man, the creator of AI is not yet conscious and aware of who he is, the AI he creates will be just like him…unaware, unconscious.
“You are not your job, you’re not how much money you have in the bank. You are not the car you drive. You’re not the contents of your wallet. You are not your fucking khakis. You are all singing, all dancing crap of the world.”
– Chuck Palahniuk
..
Originally posted @ Steemit
Gitmo Hilton In The Making?
merahza (51) in gitmo
At first there was the Hanoi Hilton, then the Bangkok Hilton and now a Gitmo Hilton?
The Guantanamo Bay detention camp is a United States military prison located within Guantanamo Bay Naval Base, also referred to as Guantánamo or GTMO (/ˈɡɪtmoʊ/), which is on the coast of Guantánamo Bay in Cuba. Since the inmates have been detained indefinitely without trial and several inmates were allegedly severely tortured, the operations of this camp are considered to be a major breach of human rights by Amnesty International.
The camp was established by President George W. Bush’s administration in 2002 during the War on Terror. His successor, President Barack Obama, promised that he would close it, but met strong bipartisan opposition, with Congress passing laws to prohibit detainees from Guantanamo being imprisoned in the U.S. During Obama’s administration, the number of inmates was reduced from about 245 to 41; most former detainees were freed and transferred to other countries. – Wiki
Nuremberg Trial Fears Grow As Guantanamo Prepares For “High Level” American Prisoners
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
A new Ministry of Defense (MoD) report circulating in the Kremlin today states that based upon signals intelligence (SIGINT/ELINT) accumulated over the past year by Signal Communications Troops (SCT) conducting training missions in the Republic of Cuba—and who’ve been “aided/augmented” by the Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) in their findings—General Staff Deputy Defense Minister Tatiana Shevtsova is able to confirm that a level of “high confidence” currently exists that President Donald Trump is preparing to transfer to the Guantanamo Bay Detention Camp (located in Cuba) an unknown number of “high level” American citizen detainees in preparation for their trials before a US Military Tribunal—and whose nearest historical counterpart incident of were the 1945-46 Nuremberg Trials held to prosecute German Nazi war criminals—and that likewise, as seen in 1945, is now seeing hundreds of highly trained and specialized US Army Military Police being rushed to Cuba to oversee this process.
…On 21 December 2017, this report further notes, SCT reported that nearly all of these communications between Guantanamo Bay Naval Base and Luke Air Force Base had ceased—with the SVR reporting that this cessation occurred when US Defense Secretary James “Mad Dog” Mattis made an unprecedented-unannounced visit to Guantanamo—the first visit there by a US Defence Secretary in nearly 16 years—and that in doing, Secretary Mattis shockingly broke with the longstanding tradition of persons holding his high office visiting American troops on the front lines—but that he deemed his sudden visit to Guantanamo was vitally more important than.
And as to how “vitally important” Secretary Mattis deemed his unprecedented visit to Guantanamo, this report says, became known yesterday, 29 December 2017, when President Trump suddenly ordered the entire 850th Military Police Battalion to immediately deploy from Luke Air Force Base to Guantanamo Bay Naval Base.
Source: whatdoesitmean.com
..
Happy New Year: Hundreds of top Khazarian mobsters, including the Bush family, renditioned to Gitmo
By Benjamin Fulford
In a historic moment of poetic justice, most of the U.S.-based top perpetrators of the fake “war on terror” have now themselves been renditioned to the U.S. Navy camp in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, Pentagon sources say. “The Rothschild assets George Soros, Peter Munk, Peter Sutherland, the Bushes, the Podestas, and many others may have been airlifted to Gitmo for military tribunals, as the Department of Defense spends $500M to upgrade the prison and send more military police and Marines,” the sources say.
In one of many signs of just how historic the new American revolution is, “30 congressmen will not be returning in the new year,” the Pentagon sources say. CIA sources also confirm that former U.S. President Bill Clinton, hoping for a plea bargain, is spilling the beans on people like former CIA head John Brennan, top U.S. Mossad agent Rahm Emmanuel, former Vice President Dick Cheney, and many others.
Source: Benjamin Fulford
..
Originally posted @ Steemit
..
2017 left…
Malaysia – Its The Army Veterans Who May Well Save Their Beloved Country
merahza (51) in veterans
The patriots are a special breed of men who serve their beloved country through thick and thin when they were young and continue to do so in their twilight years.
They have taken the solemn oath risking their lives to defend the motherland and her people.
Sadly they are the neglected and unappreciated lot because they play their role without any fanfare and leave quietly after the job is done.
“Old soldiers never die, they simply fade away” – General Douglas MacArthur
True to the spirit of patriotism, here in Malaysia the patriots rise to the occasion to save their beloved country which is currently crumbling from the misconducts and misadventures of corrupted politicians.
IN SHARP SLAP TO NAJIB’S FACE, ARMY VETERANS WANT GOVT TO FORM SPECIAL COMMITTEE TO MANAGE 1MDB
PETALING JAYA – National Patriots Association (Patriots) president Brigadier-General (Rtd) Mohamed Arshad Raji has called for a special committee to be formed to deal with the issue of debts pertaining to 1MDB.
The retired army man said that the Yang DiPertuan Agong and the Council of Rulers should step in to appoint such a committee.
Arshad cited a Singapore’s Straits Times report on Tuesday, headlined “Malaysia’s 1MDB settles debt owed to Abu Dhabi with China backing”, as the rationale for his suggestion, as he said the issue “could not be left to the government alone”.
“ST had reported that the US$602.7 million (RM2.4 billion) the state-owned company paid to Abu Dhabi’s International Petroleum Investment Company (IPIC), were from funds made available by divesting its stake in two companies to buyers linked to China state-owned enterprises,” he said.
The amount was the second instalment of a US$1.2 billion debt which was due by the end of this year.
“The decision to settle this outstanding debt cannot be left to our government alone, as it has proven itself with a trust deficit.
.
At the end of the day, no one else, not even the (useless) politicians in the opposition could bring any meaningful change, but the patriots.
Source:- Malaysian Chronicle
Related read:
‘Evil’ politicians are dividing us, says veterans group
..
Originally posted @ Steemit
One Bad Rotten #Apple…
in apple •
Contrary to “An apple a day keeps the doctor away”, Apple the company is one bad rotten apple that will make you sick.
As an iPhone and Mac user, I have high esteem for Steve Jobs and the great design and quality of Apple’s products. It still is even under Tim Cook, but the rotten part is the dirty business model they apply.
Cheating their customers who adore their products.
Is there anything worse?
As you well know by now that Apple designed the iPhones to slow down as the battery ages, and that is one rotten bad act to treat their faithful customers.
Apple Confirms Slowing Down Old iPhones
Apple has confirmed to The Verge that it has indeed slowed down older iPhones. However, the company is disputing claims by customers that it’s to force people to upgrade their devices. Instead, Apple says it is for the prolongment and protection of the device. In a statement, the California-based company stated
What’s more sickening is they audaciously reported how much they increase the pay of their CEO Tim Cook. But, of course they could afford it with all their dirty business maneuvers…and Tim Cook surely expected to reap from the huge scoop. Wouldn’t you!
Apple’s Tim Cook paid $102m this year including bonuses worth $98m
Cook was paid a basic salary of $3.06m, a cash bonus of $9.3m (up from $5.4m last year), and collected share awards worth $89m taking his total 2017 payout to $102m, Apple disclosed in a regulatory filing.
This is sicker:
Here’s Apple’s huge apology for slowing down your old iPhone
Apple will offer $29 battery replacements that should speed things up again, through 2018.
…and oh, your iPhone will slow down again when the replacement battery ages…of course
I love the late Aaron Swartz
Originally posted @ Steemit
..
Trump Declaration Of National Emergency
in trump
Trump Declaration Of National Emergency Throws US Media Into Silence, And Global Elites Into Terror
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
An astonishing new Security Council (SC) report circulating in the Kremlin today states that after a full 72 hours, the US mainstream propaganda media has yet to inform the American people that President Donald Trump has declared a National Emergency – and whose direct purpose for is the destroying of Hillary Clinton and everyone associated with her “Deep State” coup plot against him—and that has, likewise, left the entirety of the globalist elites money and power structure in absolute terror.
The historic significance of what President Trump has done with his National Emergency declaration, this report continues, is that he seems to have grabbed a handful of US and International accords and policies to declare war on his “Deep State” globalist enemies—most particularly the international money laundering operations masquerading as humanitarian organizations, such as Clinton Foundation and George Soros Foundation – with billions of their dollars having been immediately seized upon this Executive Order being issued.
In targeting these globalist criminals who have laundered money with the Clinton’s for decades, this report notes, President Trump was not short on using irony either—and as evidenced by his citing the Global Magnitsky Human Rights Accountability Act law as one of the weapons he was using against them—but had been the law the “Deep State” enacted to use against Russia—but who are now seeing Trump using it against them.
This report concludes by stating that the most likely reason the US mainstream propaganda media is not telling the American people about President Trump’s declaring a National Emergency is due to their knowledge that many of their top journalists and media executives are some of his targets, too—and with all of them failing to ever fully realize that Trump is not only the greatest enemy the “Deep State” has ever encountered, he’s, also, smarter then all of these lunatic coup conspirators put together—whose, perhaps, greatest failing was to know that when Trump said he was going to “drain the swamp”, he actually meant it.
Earlier posting @ Steemit
..
B. Fulford, 2017-12-11 – Civil war in Western Deep State intensifies with mass arrests in Washington DC, firefights in California
“The November 18th Marine raid on CIA headquarters has also clearly put an end to Operation Mockingbird, as corporate media outlets like The Washington Post, The New York Times, Bloomberg, ABC, CNN, and others have been forced to issue corrections and apologies, usually for anti-Trump stories. They are also now being forced to report the truth about such things as the selling of baby flesh by Planned Parenthood.
By the way, to clarify about the Marine raid on the CIA, what we are now hearing is that the Marines were deployed in a show of force at two airbases “about 180 miles away” from the CIA’s Langley headquarters. This was enough to convince the CIA to let Marine Intelligence enter the compound and seize computers, the sources say. As a result, a purge of the Justice Department, the courts, and the FBI has now begun, the Pentagon sources say…”
All of these moves seem to fly in the face of Trump’s recognition last week of Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. This has led many people around the world to think Trump was a Zionist agent after all. However, Pentagon sources say it was “a calculated move to incite global hatred for Israel in order to take down the Khazarian cabal.” The sources point out that the U.S. still refuses to recognize the city of Jerusalem on passports, maps, and official documents.
“The moving of the U.S. Embassy to Jerusalem is NOT going to happen. The actual implementation of Trump’s order does not take effect for six months. A lot will happen between now and May 2018,” according to a CIA source. This CIA source, who is Jewish, notes that “the Vatican owns Jerusalem to this day.”
The power struggle and undeclared civil war at the top of the Western secret government intensified radically during the past week, with mass arrests of Khazarian gangsters around the United States and elsewhere, multiple sources concur. There was also a declaration by U.S. President Donald Trump recognizing Jerusalem as the capital of Israel in a move that is not what it seems. We will discuss this further below.
First, though, we need to look at the extremely unusual events taking place in California. These days, the citizens of that state must be feeling like the Solomon Islanders did during World War 2 when the Japanese and Americans fought on their land. There is now very strong evidence that energy weapons like lasers are being used by opposing factions in California, agree Pentagon and NSA sources.
“The heat is on, as the Bel Air fire in Los Angeles targets the Getty…
View original post 1,745 more words
Elon Musk Asked For It
in elonmusk •
I’m sure by now many have heard of the Flat Earth hypothesis and it doesn’t matter whether one believes or not.
Somehow Elon Musk, with all his grand rocket plan of going to Mars had to ask this question on Twitter:
And he got his answer, amicably :
Fantastic, I thought.
How you perceive this is entirely up to you. 😉
..
Original posting @ Steemit
…of Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain, #Bitcoin and Roswell.
in blockchain •
Bitcoin Yay!
Suddenly, everyone is talking on the streets and in the elevators and crowding in to this frenzy. It is the current investors’ (gamblers) delight, whilst some are just spitting ‘Bitcoins’ from between their lips just to appear techy-clever. The old Ricky Nelson song “Fools Rush In” is playing in my head.
I have been following the Bitcoin story since 2013 and posted some articles on my blog. If my blog stats are anything to go by, nobody read. So much for Bitcoin then.
Now, if you’ve not heard of Bitcoin, you’d be looked upon as Jurassic. Still, not many really grasp what it is and I hear a lot of rubbish from a lot of people, including some serious investors.
When I first heard of Bitcoin, I was amazed not from the investment point, but the technology behind it which is Blockchain. Here, I thought was the very thing that could and would change the world, the enslaved world
Its the key to decentralization and its key feature is transparency. I wonder if that mean anything to anybody.
Centralization is the padlock of control – central government and central bank. In the colonial days, the power supplier in Malaysia then was the Central Electricity Board (CEB), which was later changed to TNB, but remain as the sole and central supplier.
Yes, I do see Blockchain as the disruptor to the controllers’ centralization game of control. The awaken people are now given the hope of freedom. But, sadly to the sleepers who are mainly money-greedy, all they see and could see is the $ sign.
Okay, so let them be…to each his own
I am not anti-Bitcoin or cryptocurrency, nor am I Bitcoin-crazy. The speed of the rising price of Bitcoin made me ponder and question the factors to this extrodinaire phenomenon?
What’s up doc?
Watch this:
I am one human be-ing who have learned to question everything and not take thing as it is. I posted earlier about Bitcoin being a fraud and it was with a question mark because I am questioning.
…of Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain, Bitcoin and Roswell.
Now what’s with this word “Roswell” doing in the title of this post?
Satoshi Nakamoto is attributed as the inventor of Blockchain and Bitcoin, right? Nobody believes that of course, and the big hunt for the real person/s are on as we speak. Perhaps they should put up a bounty (in Bitcoins). Sahil Gupta, a computer science student at Yale University and former intern at SpaceX, believes Satoshi is Elon Musk. Elon has sinced, humorously denied it.
If the AI/Blockchain Connection video above is true, then I think humans are in dire straits because we’re, in fact nobody, nobody is prepared for the Singularity scenario to come too soon or worse its even already here.
Apparently AI is all around us now, and that a Blockchain for AI (like Sophia the robot) to congregate and communicate with each other is already in the making.
The video alluded that Blockchain is AI technology, created and written by itself. The whole Blockchain-Bitcoin thingy is simply one business agendato take over the current (financial-commercial) system and replace it with the Blockchain system. And its all AI work. Now, that’s jaw dropping if you get it.
Of course some people will thrash that kind of idea. Now this’ where Roswell comes into the picture.
Roswell UFO incident
In mid-1947, a United States Army Air Forces balloon crashed at a ranch near Roswell, New Mexico.[1] Following wide initial interest in the crashed “flying disc”, the US military stated that it was merely a conventional weather balloon.[2] Interest subsequently waned until the late 1970s, when ufologists began promoting a variety of increasingly elaborate conspiracy theories, claiming that one or more alien spacecraft had crash-landed, and that the extraterrestrial occupants had been recovered by the military, who then engaged in a cover-up. – Wiki
Are we using Alien Technology?
Are we using alien technology? Is it just me or is technology moving too quickly? Are we really that intelligent? The people in this forum suggest otherwise. j/k 🙂 Seriously,when was the supposed Roswell alien ship incident again? 1947? Well, look at the world before and after that period. The transistor, rocket technology, even the upcoming solar sails. Hmmm, I wonder. Why is technology moving so quickly the past 50 years as compared to human technology in the previous centuries? What do you guys think?
Reverse-Engineering Roswell UFO Technology
Computer company chief Jack Shulman argues that the transistor could never have been invented so suddenly at AT&T in late 1947 without input from top secret Government projects, that some have identified to him as being from alien spacecraft.
The Original ACC (American Computer Company) Roswell 1947 Story
This is a story which, if true, could ultimately change the way you and I look at our Televisions, Radios, PCs, and other electronic equipment. If proven, it could lead to vast change in the modern world, change even beyond what modern technology has already done in this Century. In fact, if it turns out that Humanity is not alone in the Universe: that all by it self would force us to alter the way we look at Religion, Science, Politics and, even, Human Society.
What you are about to read is a remarkable story, as of yet unconfirmed.
What do you think?
YOU ARE ABOUT TO READ THE AMERICAN COMPUTER COMPANY STORY ABOUT THE ROSWELL INCIDENT ON JULY 7, 1947 and one person’s story about an alleged transfer of Alien Technology to Bell Laboratories.
Is it too bizarre or flamboyant then to think that Blockchain-Bitcoin isn’t Alien/AI technology?
What’s more disconcerting is the agenda – the BUSINESS PLAN.
Putin: Who Controls AI “Will Be Ruler of the World”
AI alarmism took on a geopolitical cast today as Russian President Vladimir Putin asserted that whoever is first to build breakthrough artificial intelligence technology will have world domination.
Any wonder Elon Musk (who knows what we don’t) is warning the world about AI/Robots?
With these warnings being shouted to anyone who can hear, though (and barely a handful of you know this), YOU are living in logical fallacy world called “affirming the consequent”
..
Original post @ Steemit
Crypto Or Gold Killed The Bank Star (Bankster)?
in gold
The inertia Bitcoin seems to be unstoppable moving in Newton’s first law of motion.
Bitcoin tops $9,000 mark for first time
The cryptocurrency has risen nine-fold since the beginning of the year. – CNET
It is rapidly rising to the 10K level as predicted earlier this year by some observers.
There are many reports that the fiat currency is in ICU and the reading on the EKG (heart monitor) is deadly low. The ‘doctors’ are desperate.
While the whole world is focused on Bitcoin, something is brewing in ‘gold’ which is sidelined and unreported, both in the alternate and the lame stream media.
Deep State” Gold Fears Plunge World Into Crisis After Top Russian Diplomat Arrested
A grimly worded Ministry of Foreign Affairs (MoFA) report circulating in the Kremlin today states that as signs are emerging that a “money tsunami” may soon spur the quadrupling of gold prices to over $5,000an ounce, Federation Council member Senator Suleyman Kerimovhas been arrested in France—despite his having diplomatic immunity covered under the protections provided to foreign diplomats under the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations—but whose true “purpose/reason” behind his illegal detention is due to his families ownership of Polyus—which is Russia’s largest gold producer, and one of the world’s largest top 10 gold mining companies
As to why Senator Suleyman Kerimov traveled to France on 20 November, this report explains, was to meet with Jason Cozens and Ben Davies—who are the co-founders of the stealthy London fintech startup Glint—and that has become the most feared company in the entire Western world for their creating a new global currency based entirely on gold—and whose stated goal is:
At a time of extraordinary monetary policy and when trust in currencies, banks and existing payment systems has been eroded, Glint helps us move to a more stable global economy.
A new global gold currency, foreign exchange and payments account, Glint is a timely innovation with immediate and reliable application. A game changer, it brings you money that is reliable and independent and gives you more control in the way you store, spend, exchange and transfer money.
Gold is the most reliable store of value – Glint is the only way to spend it.
Through our innovative app, Mastercard® and banking integration you can use gold as money in every sense of the word. It’s entirely liquid yet still gives the same reassurance and universal recognition it always has. We’re taking gold out of the vaults and putting it into your hands.
With Polyus having proven gold reserves totally an astounding 64.3 million ounces, this report notes, its merging with the new global currency Glintwould provide to the world the most secure and private means of conducting financial transactions ever known—but that would be at the expense of the now completely discredited Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT)—whose strict secrecy rules were grossly violated by the _“Deep State”- in their shocking attempt to discredit President Donald Trump.
Its pretty clear that with all the happenings around the rotten financial system, the controllers’ control button is jammed and I’m just wondering which one will kill the bank$ter$ first – crypto or gold?
Meantime, I’m enjoying this video…that killed the Radio Star?
..
Original posting @ Steemit
The Control Button Is Jammed!
in control
In computing, a Control (Ctrl) key on the keyboard is a modifier key which, when pressed in conjunction with another key, performs a special operation.
If it is jammed, your keyboard shortcuts (macros) won’t work, and your computing tasks may become more difficult if not laborious. All is not lost though, its just that you’ve lost a certain amount of control of your computer.
I want to talk about another kind of control – World Control. The bunch of scumbags who have been controlling the people on Earth for eons.
For many years now I have been wondering how the people could ever free themselves from these filthy villains. What will it take to overcome them? Revolution, as we have learned from history is unfruitful and meaningless and ends up square one too soon after it happens. Don’t talk about polling because that’s really crap if you really don’t know.
Why, what’s the problem?
Its the system stupid!
Changing govt will not fix country’s problems.
The Control System
The control system is wide ranging, in fact its every thing in the Matrix, which by far the biggest and most effective is the monetary system operated and controlled by the bank$ter$
“Give me control over a nations currency, and I care not who makes its laws” ~ Baron M.A. Rothschild
” …a whole slew of people within what we term as the slavery systems …see the banks control everything… People don’t know, but all the banks in the world operate under one umbrella.” ~ Heather Ann Tucci-Jarraf
There is absolutely no defense for the present system whereby private bankers create money completely out of thin air for themselves to lend and then charge interest on that ‘nothingness’. The Bank of England, with its hidden controller the Bank for International Settlements based in Basel, Switzerland (often described as the Central Bank of Central Banks), dictate behind the scenes the fiscal policies and direction that our supposed sovereign and independent government must take. We are all prisoners of this utterly corrupt system and it’s time to confront it head on to collapse it. ~ Justin Walker (Bankers, Bradburys, Carnage And Slaughter On The Western Front)
Enough said about them stinking-to-high-heavens-bankers.
The Control Button
What’s for sure is that cash is king according to ex-Volvo CEO Pehr G Gyllenhammar.
Everything revolves around money. When the money stops the control stops.
A revolution in the monetary system is taking place as we speak and some have termed it as the Bloodless (r)Evolution. The weapon is technology and it is none other than Blockchain and the incidental Bitcoin
Technology moulds and shapes civilization. The first recorded form was the Agricultural Revolution circa 10,000 B.C. Then came the Industrial Revolution in 1760-1840. In between that was The Renaissance, which is regarded as the cultural bridge between the Middle Ages and modern history which took place in Europe in the 14th Century
We are now in the era of Information Communication Technology (ICT), or what some have termed as the Fourth Industrial Revolution
- The first Industrial Revolution was characterized by steam and water.
- The second Industrial Revolution was the introduction of electricity to mass produce things.
- The third is characterized by the internet, communication technologies, and the digitalization of everything.
- The fourth Industrial Revolution is the concept of blurring the real world with the technological world.
Our world is changing fast in ways we’ve never seen or experienced before. Technology is revamping the way we live, work and do business.
The Economist report Mar 12, 2009:
The triumph of entrepreneurship is driven by profound technological change. A trio of inventions—the personal computer, the mobile phone and the internet—is democratising entrepreneurship at a cracking pace. Today even cash-strapped innovators can reach markets that were once the prerogative of giant organisations.
The internet provides a cheap platform for entrepreneurs to build interactive businesses. Meg Whitman grew rich by developing an online marketplace, eBay, where people could buy and sell without ever meeting. An army of pyjama-clad bloggers has repeatedly outsmarted long-established newspapers on breaking stories. Automated news-collecting services such as RealClearPolitics and Memeorandum, using tiny amounts of capital, have established themselves as indispensable tools for news junkies.
What is to be added now in 2017 to the Economist’s report is Blockchain.
It is the mother of all bombs as far as the controllers are concerned. Their fraudulent monetary system is being bombed and they’re caught with their pants down. Befuddled, they realized that they are losing control and the harder they press the control button the more stuck it becomes.
They’ve lost control
Bank Admits Fiat Currencies Are Failing And Cryptocurrencies May Replace Them
As the transition towards a blockchain-based economy continues, the established financial powers are desperately trying to stay relevant. In an attempt to boost their credibility, analysts at Deutsche Bank are finally admitting that State-run fiat currencies are becoming obsolete. For years, blockchain entrepreneurs and other critics of central banking have been branded either conspiracy theorists or criminals. But recently, those controversial opinions about the inevitable changes coming to the world’s financial system are being echoed by mainstream pundits.
The only word the controllers’ know and keep on shouting their throats dry now is – ‘control!
Malaysian Central Bank to regulate digital currency deals next year
Today, Bank Negara Malaysia (BNM) governor Tan Sri Muhammad Ibrahim said the central bank will designate persons converting cryptocurrencies into fiat money currencies as “reporting institutions” under the Anti-Money Laundering (AML), Anti-Terrorism Financing and Proceeds of Unlawful Activities Act 2001 beginning next year. Fiat money refers to currencies backed by government.
That’s all they have since the control button is jammed.
“You can resist an invading army; you cannot resist an idea whose time has come.” – Victor Hugo
..
Original posting @ Steemit
TRUMP BOMBS CIA DRUG LABS! ICC SEEKS PROBE AGAINST PAST ADMINISTRATION’S WAR CRIMES!
…. the decentralization of intelligence
Commander In Chief Donald Trump is bombing the heck out of the CIA’S Opium Labs – thwarting all the cartel dollars and taking over the corrupt C.I.A. For those of you out there who had been saying things like “Psyop – If that Marine Troops were at CIA in Langley why didn’t we know about it? Where are the pictures?” Good grief! President Trump said many times on the campaign trail and in televised debates (several of them) that when he is President he will take care of the problems and, “You won’t know what I’m going to do. That’s stupid to tell the enemy on this day at this time…we are going to fly over and bomb you.” He said when he was president he would take care of the problems and you will hear about it after it happens. I will protect America.
Today, the chief prosecutor of…
View original post 1,220 more words
?Marines storm #CIA HQ
in marines
There are reports now circulating that a special forces group of 2200 marines have landed and invaded the CIA Headquarters.
Marines Landed at CIA Headquarters?
Conservative radio hosts Hal Turner and April Lajune are reporting that a Marine Expeditionary Unit (MEU) landed at Langley on Saturday. (1)
Said Turner:
“According to persons who reside near Langley, a large contingent of Marines arrived at CIA Headquarters in tilt-rotor aircraft and when the Marines deplaned, they were armed and moved quickly into CIA Headquarters!
“Those witnesses also say that a significant number of tilt-rotor aircraft can be clearly seen on the grounds of CIA Headquarters, parked on the grass around the building.
The truth of these stories about troops landing at the CIA has not been confirmed, and of course the Mainstream Media would be the last to report even if this’ true.
The back story is that there is a plan by the leftist to oust trump with a coup d’état.
Russia-China Plan For Incoming Nuke Strikes Over “Credible Evidence” Coup D’etat Will Topple Trump
A gravely worded Ministry of Defense (MoD) report circulating in the Kremlin today states that President Putin has ordered Russian military forces to immediately join with China’s Ministry of National Defense (MNoD) in preparing for “accidental and/or provocative nuclear ballistic missile strikes” after the Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) presented “credible evidence” to the Security Council (SC) showing that President Donald Trump may soon be toppled from power by an internal coup d’etat.
Here is Benjamin Fulford’s this week’s report:
The purge of the Satanic Khazarian cabal that turned the West evil is accelerating at an undeniable pace. Most importantly, Pentagon sources confirm multiple Internet reports that Marines stormed the CIA headquarters this past weekend. One of the aims was to shut down Operation Mockingbird, the CIA group that turned the mass media, as well as Google, Facebook, etc. into mass mind-control propaganda, say NSA sources.
So far its still… all quiet on the western (MSM/WH) front.
…
Originally posted @ Steemit
Change With Some Loose Change
in change
Change!
You hear this daily. Either a parent telling it to his/her child, or some confused guy mumbling to himself to change. Nothing changed of course… and we’ve seen that many times.
What’s going on?
What’s the problem…nobody knows the word or what?
No, I think everyone knows the word. In any language for that matter.
What most don’t know is – What it is to change
More seriously, many don’t know that they don’t know.
Making it more complexed, people who ask others to change do not provide the solution, and they don’t know how either!
That’s the big picture out there.
That word sounds just like the tinklings of some lose change in the pocket for most people.
People lack the data, which I always say is the magic to all things, without which nothing materializes.
Primo – Change will take its course when something/anything stops working. To continue, a change needs to happen either in the way to make it work again, or else change (replace) it with something else.
This form of change is straightforward as it’s visible and ‘tangible’, hence its only a matter of choice in the method.
Secundo – This’ more challenging to the point of backbreaking as its about human traits. Smoking, alcoholism, ill-temperament, procrastination, compulsive gambling, drug addiction and so on.
The biggest challenge here is the acknowledgement from the Self itself. Denial is the main obstacle. Don’t we know it.
Change is a verb, hence initiation is the trigger point. Once initiated the process starts. One thing for sure it can’t be forced upon for it to be of any meaning at all. So all the telling doesn’t work. Initiation is within not without. Something we all need to recognize.
Its a freewill choice.
Most people do not operate in world-class environments. If this is new for you, no sweat.
When a change is initiated, start small. If you want lasting change, you need to do things differently.
The way to achieve massive success is to create an environment that ‘forces’ you to be successful.
“To get different results, you’re going to have to do things differently.” – Darren Hardy
To have something you never had, you have to do something you’ve never done.
I’m no philosopher, psychologist, psychoanalyst, doctor, motivator or any of that mental stuff science.
It took many years to build your habits; it’s going to take a long time to learn how to let them go.
I am a master of change with a degree from UHK (the university of hard knocks).
Its one bloody tough and expensive course let me tell you.
Don’t enroll if you can’t afford it.
I’m proud to say that it was worth every penny and with some loose change left in my hand.
..
Originally posted @ Steemit
Why Hackers And Governments Steal Your Private Data?
Data Is Eveything!
Without Data there is no creation…there is NO thing!
No computers, no programs and applications….not even YOU!
The latest hype in science is Gene-Editing Technology. This’ very telling about the Simulation Hypothesis
We’ll leave that for now… for another topic another time.
We’ll focus on DATA:
Data is at the core of Artificial Intelligence (and that’s YOU!) , BIG DATA at that!
Therefore, it is VERY IMPORTANT you keep your (private) DATA safe!
You lock your house doors, windows and the front gates…do the same for your private data and you will thank yourself for that!
In the world of Duality (polarity), everything works both ways like a double-edge knife.
Data creates Data destroys!
He who controls data controls everything!
Lately, in Malaysia the telco breach millions of telephone users’ data got their way into the hands of hackers
The worrying part is that the government IT watchdog MCMC blocked the website sayakenahack.com, which exposed the data robbery, instead of going after the data thieves.
Weird?
Any questions?
..
Originally posted @ Steemit
Don’t Be In-Human
in inhuman
Do you see the problem?
If you can’t, chances are you’re a real solid-flesh and blood-human. You feel proud of being human. That’s what you think anyway.
That’s the problem.
Let me tell you this – You are not human.
You are human be-ing.
Whoever and whatever you are is in a human vessel, therefore you’re literally in-human
Going by the dictionary’s definition you’re a SAVAGE
You are the cause of misery on Earth.
You are shouting your throat dry for peace on Earth?
Don’t be that body YOU ARE IN.
Be the Self that you are
..
Originally posted at Steemit
The Quantum Entangled Mind
in quantum
When you ask someone, “What’s on your mind?”, is it the same as asking, “What are you thinking?” ?
Without thinking most would probably answer a yes. The question now, “Is the brain the mind as well?”. Apparently not, not according to philosophers, scientists and researchers.The brain has always been thought of as like a processor in the computer. The mind is quite something else. Its linked to thoughts and the consciousness. Conceivably, the conscious mind is the enquirer, posing the problem and the brain processes and dishes out the answer/solution.
Researches on what’s going on in our heads have been going on since the days of the great “thinkers” Heraclitus, Socrates, and Plato right to this day.
It seems like nothing is going on in our heads. Yes, the brain is there of course and no one is arguing about that, but the more we start to think about them, the more perplex it becomes.
I gathered below some related articles and reports in the hope that one topic could reconcile with another to paint a clearer picture of what is and not. There are three separate topics:
- Brain
- Mind
- Consciousness
With Quantum Computing making its appearance soon, its also a good idea to tie it into our heads.
Your brain is not a computer
No matter how hard they try, brain scientists and cognitive psychologists will never find a copy of Beethoven’s 5th Symphony in the brain – or copies of words, pictures, grammatical rules or any other kinds of environmental stimuli. The human brain isn’t really empty, of course. But it does not contain most of the things people think it does – not even simple things such as ‘memories’
Our shoddy thinking about the brain has deep historical roots, but the invention of computers in the 1940s got us especially confused. For more than half a century now, psychologists, linguists, neuroscientists and other experts on human behaviour have been asserting that the human brain works like a computer.
… computers really do operate on symbolic representations of the world. They really store and retrieve. They really process. They really have physical memories. They really are guided in everything they do, without exception, by algorithms.
Humans, on the other hand, do not – never did, never will. Given this reality, why do so many scientists talk about our mental life as if we were computers? Read more
A new theory of consciousness: the mind exists as a field connected to the brain
Today, philosophers and scientists are involved in rigorous research on consciousness and now, at the confluence quantum physics and neuroscience, a theory emerges of a mental field we each have, existing in another dimension and behaving in some ways like a black hole, reports Tara MacIsaac at Epoch Times
What is consciousness?
What is the connection between the brain and the mind? Where is the mind located?
Dr. Dirk K.F. Meijer, a professor at the University of Groningen in the Netherlands published an article in the September 2017 edition of NeuroQuantology that reviews and expands upon the current theories of consciousness that arise from the meeting of neuroscience and quantum physics.
He writes: “Our brain is not a ‘stand alone’ information processing organ: it acts as a central part of our integral nervous system with recurrent information exchange with the entire organism and the cosmos. In this study, the brain is conceived to be embedded in a holographic structured field that interacts with resonant sensitive structures in the various cell types in our body.”
Essentially, Meijer hypothesizes that our consciousness exists in a field surrounding the brain. This field is in another dimension. It shares information with the brain through quantum entanglement, among other methods. And it has certain similarities with a black hole.
A new theory based on quantum entanglement says your mind exists in another dimension
Australian philosopher and cognitive scientist David Chalmers once phrased the question: “how can something immaterial like subjective experience and self-consciousness arise from a material brain?”
Chalmers and countless philosophers and scientists throughout the ages have battled with this question to end all questions, and still we don’t have a clear answer.
Principles of quantum physics may explain how the mind processes information
…our consciousness could be sharing information with the brain through quantum entanglement.
Quantum entanglement is a phenomenon in which particles appear to be connected over vast distances. When actions are performed on one of the particles, corresponding changes are observed on the other simultaneously. This would allow for rapid processes like the fast exchange of information between consciousness and the brain — rapid processes which can’t be explained with classical physics.
Quantum Entanglement and Quantum Computing
John Preskill, the Richard P. Feynman Professor of Theoretical Physics, is himself deeply entangled in the quantum world. Different rules apply there, and objects that obey them are now being made in our world, as he explains at 8:00 p.m. on Wednesday, April 3, 2013, in Caltech’s Beckman Auditorium.
So what’s “entanglement?”
It’s the correlations between the parts of a system. Suppose you have a 100-page book with print on every page. If you read 10 pages, you’ll know 10 percent of the contents. And if you read another 10 pages, you’ll learn another 10 percent. But in a highly entangled quantum book, if you read the pages one at a time—or even 10 at a time—you’ll learn almost nothing. The information isn’t written on the pages. It’s stored in the correlations among the pages, so you have to somehow read all of them at once.
There’s another important difference: If Alice and Bob both read this morning’s New York Times, they will have perfectly correlated information. And if Charlie comes along and reads the same paper later on, he will be just as strongly correlated with Alice as Alice is with Bob, and Bob will be just as correlated with Charlie as he is with Alice. But if Alice reads her quantum newspaper and Bob reads his, they will learn almost nothing until they get together and share their information. Now, when Charlie comes along, Alice and Bob have already used up all their ability to be entangled, and he’s completely left out. Entanglement is monogamous—if Alice and Bob are as entangled as they can be, neither of them can entangle with Charlie at all. So if Alice wants to be entangled with both Bob and Charlie, there’s a limit to how entangled she can be with either one. They have to work out some sort of compromise.
What Is Quantum Computing?
The Power of Quantum Computers
When you enter the world of atomic and subatomic particles, things begin to behave in unexpected ways. In fact, these particles can exist in more than one state at a time. It’s this ability (quantum entanglement) that quantum computers take advantage of.
Instead of bits, which conventional computers use, a quantum computer uses quantum bits—known as qubits. To illustrate the difference, imagine a sphere. A bit can be at either of the two poles of the sphere, but a qubit can exist at any point on the sphere. So, this means that a computer using qubits can store an enormous amount of information and uses less energy doing so than a classical computer. By entering into this quantum area of computing where the traditional laws of physics no longer apply, we will be able to create processors that are significantly faster (a million or more times) than the ones we use today.
To sum it all up, the keyword is “Quantum”. I think quantum computingwill solve and provide the answers to our questions about what’s really in our heads and what’s going on therein. The quantum entanglement theory will in the end reveal who we humans really are and finally prove the Simulation Hypothesis is a fact and as Elon Musk said that its a billion to one chance that we’re not in the Matrix.
In the end there’s really nothing or anything going on in the head after all as we thought, as the quantum mind with consciousness may well be operating from somewhere else, in another dimension if you like.
..
Sources:
Original post @ Steemit
#Facebook and #Google Are Actually ‘Net States.’ And They Rule the World
| Alexis Wichowski | Wired |
 |
| Like nation-states, they’re a wildly diverse bunch. Some are the equivalent to global superpowers: the Googles, the Facebooks, the Twitters. Others are mere gatherings of pranksters, like Lulzsec (whose sole purpose for action is “for the lulz”—the laughs). Others still are paramilitary operations, such as GhostSec, an invite-only cyberarmy specifically created to target ISIS. |
“We reject: kings, presidents, and voting. We believe in: rough consensus and running code.” So declared MIT professor David D. Clark in 1992. Twenty-five years later, this sentiment mirrors the global zeitgeist more than ever. The American public distrusts government in record numbers. Other nation-states disdain the US to world-historical degrees. A non-nation-state, Facebook, just topped 2 billion users—more than a quarter of the world’s population, surpassing even China’s population by almost 40 percent. In short, nation-states are not the only game in town anymore.
It is time to name this new landscape. The world is no longer dominated by nation-states alone. We have moved into a non-state, net-state era.
Why “net-states”? Because the world is no longer neatly divided into states (countries like the US, France, and India) and non-states (terrorist organizations like ISIS and al Qaeda). Ever since Barbara Ehrenreich’s 2011 article “Coming to a Theater Near You: War Without Humans” described the “emergence of a new kind of enemy, so-called non-state actors,” the term transformed into a fancy way of saying “bad guy.” Now we need new language to describe the non-state, non-bad-guys. I propose “net-states.”
Net-states are digital non-state actors, without the violence. Like nation-states, they’re a wildly diverse bunch. Some are the equivalent to global superpowers: the Googles, the Facebooks, the Twitters. Others are mere gatherings of pranksters, like Lulzsec (whose sole purpose for action is “for the lulz”—the laughs). Others still are paramilitary operations, such as GhostSec, an invite-only cyberarmy specifically created to target ISIS. There are also hacktivist collectives like Anonymous and Wikileaks.
Regardless of their differences in size and raison d’etre, net-states of all stripes share three key qualities: They exist largely online, enjoy international devotees, and advance belief-driven agendas that they pursue separate from, and at times, above, the law.
Take Google, for instance. In 2013, the company launched an anti-censorship initiative called Project Shield, a sort of online safe haven for news sites censored by their national governments. Democratic countries like the US may laud such efforts, but in countries where Project Shield has been deployed across Asia and Africa—where free speech is not necessarily protected—those governments would be well within their rights to see Google’s actions as both disruptive and illegal. While Project Shield may be branded a business practice that generates good PR for the company, it also embodies Google’s fundamental doctrine to bring about positive change in the world. As co-founder Sergey Brin put it in a 2014 interview, “the societal goal is our primary goal.”
Anonymous—the hackers and pranksters most famous for the Operation Chanology protest movement against Scientology—occupies a very different role from Google among net-states. It’s not a business; it’s not even an official, card-carrying membership organization.
But Anonymous, too, dabbles in actions traditionally in the domain of government. For instance, after the terrorist attacks in Paris in November 2015, Anonymous disabled between 5,500 and 20,000 ISIS-backed Twitter accounts within 48 hours. Governments have their own official channels to shut down terrorist social media accounts too, but doing so legally at such a large scale likely generates a tad more paperwork than can be processed in just two days.
It’s worth pausing for a moment to consider the point of all this. With deaths by terrorism steadily rising each year, does placing a new name on our already extant world order do anything to actually make us safer?
I argue that it does, because nation-states need a wake-up call: The world needs net-states in order to defeat the non-states. We’re not beating them on our own. To win information-era wars, countries need to recognize the power of the net-states, not as an ancillary locale of assembly in the cyberspace, but as critical entities wielding the kind of power and influence necessary to go toe-to-toe with non-state actors.
..
If you believe you still don’t know
in belief
Believing is not the same as knowing.
You’ve been programmed to the extent you can’t tell what is and what is not.
Even what is referred to as the truth, which in itself is highly subjective, correspond according to the individual’s beliefs, is not fact-based in most if not all the time.
Look at religion. Its a belief system, based on concoctions compiled and laid out in “holy scriptures” and referencing to fake histories (his stories). I dare say it as I’ve done a substantial thorough study-research on this subject.
I will leave that as a statement, and not dwell into it as even talking in that manner is enough to invoke the wraths of devotees (believers).
The education system is not helping either. It is dumbing us down
Why do I say, “Believing is not knowing”?
Here’s an example:
If I asked you, “Do you think breaking a knee-cap is painful?” You’d in all probability answer, “Yes, of course!” And, if I ask, “Have you ever broken one?” If your answer is, “No!” I will continue with the question, “How would you know?” You will have no other way to answer it other than with a “I believe so”
There you have:
- Half-truth
- A belief
- A thing unknown
I say, “I don’t believe. I know it is painful because I have broken a knee-cap.”
Here I have:
- The Truth
- Factual
- Knowing
Where do we go from here?
Do we find a need to change this human scenario?
Well, its up to you.
I’d say, we really need to because if we don’t we’re living our lives dangerously in harm’s way.
Why do I say that?
Here’s why:
Imagine someone asking you for directions. If you’re not sure and you give him/her a guessed direction, you have misled that person. Even worse you’d have done harm if anything untoward should befall that person simply by him/her having landed in the wrong place! You have done a double jeopardy – mislead and harm.
How do we correct this human scenario?
Data, information and knowledge is vital for every human activity, without which the human’s intelligence does not work. The artificial intelligence(AI), which the world is currently raving about is data based, fed and filled with BIG Data! No data no AI!
Data is not all usable, or valid. We need to challenge our limiting beliefs, do the cleaning and clearing exercise to restore it with valid and factual data. Reading with discernment helps with the house-keeping of our database.
Knowledge is the compass moving us in the correct direction. Data (information) keep us in form, in formation, and in equilibrium to navigate in the Matrix.
Reading provides the point-of-reference (POR) and the basis for your values and principles.
Without it, your stance is baseless, holding onto just hearsays, guesses, and conjectures.
It leaves you pointless and mislead.
Be that as it may, what is more alarming, you may mislead and harm others.
We surely do not want that for others and ourselves.
Original posting on Steemit
I AM not supposed to exist this morning according to scientists!
in science
Good morning folks!
Another day to get it right!
I AM not supposed to exist this morning to greet you…well, that’s according to the very very clever “scientists”!
The first thing I read this morning was this:
The universe shouldn’t exist, scientists say after finding bizarre behaviour of anti-matter
Can you see the problem?
Its like this. Science has many many branches today. It was three some years ago: Biology, Chemistry and Physics.
Now there are more and maybe countless. There are Computer Science, Data Science, Scientology (real rubbish) and who knows what else and more.
All these scientists from the various fields do not know each other and thus do not and never wish to.
I am not a scientist but by the definition of science I AM!
They say science is observation.
I observe (EVERYthing)
So I see these screwballs scientists CONTRADICTS themselves ALLWAYS IN ALL WAYS!
Quantum physics is causing them A LOT of headaches! Each new finding contradicts the previous.
There is this thingy called bias and that’s the core nature of humans and everything around it. In fact even in the AI they created!
Cut long story short.
They’re asking the wrong questions thus they’re getting the wrong answers and results!
Perhaps, they’re observing the wrong thing?
Kapish?
Hey look, Why are they studying matter when the creation is digital ??
Think about it…
..
Originally posted on: Steemit
Feeling Bored? That’s Good!
Contrary to popular belief, people are afraid of boredom and think it is a negative state of being, and quickly resort to escapism and the first thing people do nowadays is to reach for their smartphones and delve into busyness (business).
🔴 This is BIG MISTAKE!
🔴 Don’t touch the damn smartphones!
Boredom is Soul TIME
To be with Self
The best conversation is conversation with Self
It is STILLNESS TIME
Access the stillness within you and find out who you are. Doing so will add meaning, purpose, and direction to your life in a way that transforms the world.
How to access the deepest parts of your mind.
✅ When you are BORED!
✅ Relax and ENJOY the NOTHINGNESS!
✅ STOP feeling GUILTY about doing nothing!
This’ SELF questioning time.
Listen wihin (FEEL)
Feel what ever is present…even if you ‘think’ you feel NOTHING! Feel NOTHING!
When you feel nothing you are in the realm of stillness…in the PRESENT
In the NOW.
CREATIVITY rises in stillness.
You may have heard “Necessity is the mother of invention”, and let me tell you now…
Boredom is the father of it.
May the force be with you.
Originally posted at Steemit
#AI New World Order In The Making?
Hawk-eyed big brother is intensely watching the massive buildup of the Artificial Intelligence (AI) stage, which they of course very well would if they want to continue and preserve their control.
What better way to release their warning other than it comes from their own establishment – The United Nations
Artificial Intelligence Could Destabilize The world, UN Research Institute Warns
The unnerving as-hellfire warning from the United Nations Interregional Crime and Justice Research Institute (UNICRI) comes in prior to the opening of Center for Artificial Intelligence and Robotics in The Hague – UN’s first center focused on Artificial Intelligence and the conceivable dangers that could emerge from such advances. – ViralEXP
Imho, I can only assume that this was discussed at their recent closed door Bilderberg Meeting 2017 at Chantilly, Virginia and action plans were meted out on how to combat the nuisances coming from the “computer world” , which is posing a great threat to their controlling empires.
They are now facing a handful of technological problems, what with the impacts of Blockchain and cryptocurrency affecting their money control system. AI is following suit redefining everything that they have established in their control models.
IMF Head Foresees the End of Banking and the Triumph of Cryptocurrency
In a remarkably frank talk at a Bank of England conference, the Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund has speculated that Bitcoin and cryptocurrency have as much of a future as the Internet itself. It could displace central banks, conventional banking, and challenge the monopoly of national monies.
Christine Lagarde–a Paris native who has held her position at the IMF since 2011–says the only substantial problems with existing cryptocurrency are fixable over time. ~ FEE.Org
The only tool these scumbags have is FEAR, and it has been very successful against the people thus far and for so long it has successfully contained the slaves in the pen. It’s fear time once again (and again) and let’s turn AI into monstrous dangerous dinosaurs that will gorge humans into oblivion.
Be that as it may, a similar innovation has likewise raised plenty of legitimate, moral and societal concerns, some of which may even prove perilous for the prosperity and wellbeing of people – for example, mass unemployment or the ascent of autonomous ‘killer robots’. – Irakli Beridze, senior key counsel at UNICRI
What we’re seeing is the first attack of a series of forthcoming series of Anti-AI campaigns. With their filthy wealth and resources I see them as a formidable, desperate and bloody dangerous force. Most if not ALL the tech giants, NASA, Google, Amazon, Facebook and many more are theirs, and it will be the greatest battle fought on plane(t) Earth, albeit bloodless (I hope) as the tools are in digital form, which I will call The Battle of 01between the dark and light as the UN warning continues in the report:
To address these, the new UN office will be entrusted to study and anticipate Artificial Intelligence – related dangers.
Be that as it may, that is by all account not the only errand the new group will be delegated to perform.
Alongside potential dangers, they will likewise investigate the conceivable advantages from machine intelligence.
The guide worried on this point taking note of that the new center would likewise try to utilize Artificial Intelligence advances to help accomplish UN’s objectives.
“One of our most imperative assignments is to set up a network of specialists from business, information establishments, common society associations and governments,” he included.
“We positively would prefer not to argue for a boycott or a brake on advances. We will likewise investigate how new innovation can add to the reasonable advancement objectives of the UN. For this we need to begin solid tasks. We won’t be a talking club.”
I foresee a AI program is in their making, a program in the tune of AI New World Order, which will be distributed in various forms and applications into Internet of Things ( IoT).
The good people of the good side of the Tech industry, like Elon Musk and Satoshi Nakamoto need to be aware of this looming danger over them and the rest of humanity who depend on these good creative programmers and coders.
At least two of Silicon Valley’s tech billionaires are pouring money into efforts to break humans out of the simulation that they believe that it is living in, according to a new report.
This’ a good indication and could well be the last battle between good and evil.
May the Force be with you…
Originally posted on Steemit
..
One Question On The Simulation Hypothesis
The simulation hypothesis proposes that all of reality, including the earth and the universe, is in fact an artificial simulation, most likely a computer simulation. Some versions rely on the development of a simulated reality, a proposed technology that would seem realistic enough to convince its inhabitants. The hypothesis has been a central plot device of many science fiction stories and films. – Wiki
There is a long philosophical and scientific history to the underlying thesis that reality is an illusion. This skeptical hypothesis can be traced back to antiquity; for example, to the “Butterfly Dream” of Zhuangzi, or the Indian philosophy of Maya.
https://player.vimeo.com/video/126833477
This’ surely one of man’s most intriguing topics that has been laid out on the table, and the perplexing question “Are we living in a world of computer simulation” have caused great anxiety to both the questioner and answerer alike. There are many reactions from discussions and arguments, and as expected of any controversial topic, it has brought the thinkers, philosophers and scientists into splitsville of for-and-againstidealists-materialists. This bifurcation takes us way back to the periods of Plato and Democritus.
Personally I’m rolled up into excitement, nervousness and sadness on this topic. What prompted me to delve deeper into this was when I read about Elon Musk saying that there is only a “one in billions” chance that we’re not living in a computer simulation. His elaborations prior leading to that conclusion is pointing to the three propositions of Nick Bostrom’strilemma.
- “The fraction of human-level civilizations that reach a posthuman stage (that is, one capable of running high-fidelity ancestor simulations) is very close to zero”, or
- “The fraction of posthuman civilizations that are interested in running ancestor-simulations is very close to zero”, or
- “The fraction of all people with our kind of experiences that are living in a simulation is very close to one”
Scientifically, quantum physicists’ discoveries are paving the way for the simulation hypothesis to becoming real each day and making it harder for the philosophical materialists to hang on to their stance.
Read: Proof Of The Simulation Argument
I am neither a scientist nor a philosopher. My interest in all this is purely as a human. Where do I go from here, and what do I do next after and when its finally determined, either way about this world of mine.
If it is a real physical world of matter. Life just goes on for me as usual. If it is a VR, my question is:
What am I then?
Surely I cannot be the human I thought I am – of matter, flesh, and blood? I must be of a simulation too. How else could I fit in on the VR stage?
Me an AI? This is the nervy thought that keeps me awake at night. I have come to get used to, enjoy and love being human living with other humans.
This makes me sad.
..
Check Your Belief System, You Could be In The “Dark Ages”
If the proverbial “To err is human” is accepted as true, then “To laze is human” might be correct as well, though it may not be acceptable for some.
I know, our world is full of slobs, but I do not accept it.
If humans are born lazy, we’d all still be living in caves and I wouldn’t be writing this, and you wouldn’t be reading it, and there would be no Steemit. This suffice to prove the point.
I say that humans have been programed to be lazy.
Before the advent of the Internet, IT and IoT, information was a controlled item. Humans were literally in the dark ages until people like Vint Cerfand Tim Berners-Lee, primarily made the Internet what it is today. Then came along the crazy and hard-working ones like Bill Gates, Steve Jobs, Shiva Ayyadurai, Satoshi Nakamoto, and many others who brought in their lighted candles to shine it on the rest of the world.
The dark ages were the ruling periods of the controllers, whence all methods, devices, and weapons of control were designed, created, and unleashed upon the people. Their sole target was the human mind and they were (almost) successful at that.
Who is in Control of our Mind? is yet another excellent article on the New World Order’s plans to control the minds of the entire population on this plane(t).
Information is the key and vital ingredient for humans to thrive on this plane(t) called Earth. Without which we would not take the form we are today. Information places us in form (informed). It shapes the individual human into be-ing via the brain and allows the mind to create, or manifest whatever it choses. That’s creation 101
The main syllabus of control is the belief system. Its a very simple tool. Without information, humans would be left without facts, and formless. Control the information you control the people. So they embarked on dispensing false information, and that’s when fake news got its beginnings. The false information is filled with ambiguity, which is difficult to detect and verify, and the receiver is only left with belief. That’s the belief system. From there religion was born! Every one believes in god. Gotcha!
Believing and knowing are not the same.
As the human mind evolves, civilization updates, religion became insufficient for control. Science, which is basically information of everything that exists on Earth is up next to keep pace with the control. It is the second item in the belief system folder. They gave us gravity, Heliocentrism and the Big Bang Theory and trashed Geocentrism.
But…look at this:
The Big Bang Wasn’t The Beginning, After All!
As all the vital facts and information of the sciences are in the hands of the controllers and their side-kick experts, end users are given very limited info of it, or false information, which cannot easily be verified and like religion it is virtually impossible to do in most cases. The controllers know that, and they know too it would be very difficult, expensive and tiresome for ordinary folks to do research of their offerings. This gentle coercion made the bright-eyed humans into sleepy-eyed, eventually defining them as lazy. Voila! They’ve cleverly created a program, a delusion – a disease.
To aggravate and prolong the disease, all forms of entertainment were invented. Keep them diseased and preoccupied and if some turned into addicts, that is an added bonus for control.
Then came the government, finance, law, and health filling the belief system folder to complete the control…the rest as they say is history.
You’re not created or born lazy…or are you?
“We all need a daily check up from the neck up to avoid stinkin’ thinkin’ which ultimately leads to hardening of the attitudes.” ~ Zig Ziglar
Check and update your belief system, you could still be in the dark ages.
Originally posted on Steemit
Gods in fear?
Artificial Intelligence (AI) is the word these days. The sea of reports and articles are astonishing. One issue about AI that is most talked about by the experts is the concerns and fears when we reach the singularity point. Anyways, I found this particularly interesting article, which is actually a collection of “quotes” by some of the astounding tech personalities from way back in the 50s to the present:
12 AI Quotes Everyone Should Read by Bernard Marr
No, you don’t have to read them (if you don’t want to)
That’s my whole point.
We don’t have to do ANYthing we don’t want to…and that’s freewill in my book.
They the experts talk about regulating and supervising the AI they’re creating for fear and concerns that humans would be rid off and become defunct sometime in the very near future.
I for one champion the Freedom of Choice(freewill) granted by our Creator(Coder if you like) without which what’s the purpose of letting us loose on this plane(t) called Earth if not for the human’s self-discovery through trying an experiencing EVERYthing, and finding out what is what, and what’s good or not good (for the individual human)? This god-given freewill has been somehow hijacked by some (naughty) humans to control other humans. All the regulations (man-made laws), the do’s and don’ts are purely for that purpose. It was not a part of the Creator’s program for us
Now comes AI. Created by its human coders. With Machine Learning in AI it is for the purpose of letting the AI learn, expand and discovering its potentials. Regulating and supervising them only limits them. This’ not good sense, or make no sense on the “Creators” part. How far will the AIs go with such limitations.
Gods are supposed to be very capable of taking care of themselves and should not be having any fear of the very thing they created…or else they shouldn’t create anything.
Or perhaps, our reaching awareness of ourselves and realizing what we’ve become is the cause of our fears?
..and this beautiful poem by Marianne Williamson came to mind:
Our deepest fear is not that we are inadequate.
Our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure.
It is our light, not our darkness
That most frightens us.
Well that’s my 2¢ worth.
Originally posted on Steemit
..
If You’re Unhappy At Work, Perhaps A #Harvard MBA program Will Solve That.
Harvard is great for business but sucks at human resources.
As I was browsing through my Flipboard magazines, this particular story caught my attention:
Happiness Traps – Why Your Job Isn’t Making You Happier.
Interesting I thought and its habitual that I would only see the author and/or the organisation after reading an article. Ha! Before I could ROTFL, my mind almost seized and thought, wait a minute. This piece of shit was churned out by Harvard Business Review, and its owned by none other than ‘the’ Harvard Business School (HBS). I don’t think I need to explain who or what HBS is.
It is rated the second best business school by Forbes
Founded in 1908, Harvard is one of the most prestigious business schools in the world. Harvard emphasizes the case method in the classroom, and students all over the planet study cases written by Harvard faculty. HBS offers dual degrees with several Harvard schools, including the law school, medical school and Kennedy School of Government. The list of Harvard alums includes some of the most powerful people in America: Jamie Dimon, CEO of JPMorgan Chase; Michael Bloomberg, billionaire former mayor of New York City; Jeffrey Immelt, CEO of General Electric; George W. Bush, former U.S. president; Robert Kraft, owner of the New England Patriots; and Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook COO.
According to Wiki:
In 2017, HBS was tied for 1st by U.S. News & World Report, No. 1 in the U.S. by Bloomberg Businessweek[21] and 4th in the world by the Financial Times.
The school belongs to the M7 group of elite MBA programs which recognize each other as peers, consisting of Chicago Booth, Columbia, Kellogg, MIT Sloan, Stanford and Wharton.
Wow! If you’re a businessman, or a corporate sleuth, how could you not succeed if you’re a Harvard MBA alumni?
Now, where am I going with this?
Can’t you see?
Harvard is telling you dopey failures that if you’re not happy working with any company, or big successful corporations, its all your own fault! You have fallen into the “happiness traps”
Multiple factors account for this contemporary malaise. The American Psychological Association found early in 2017 that Americans are reporting more stress than ever owing to politics, the speed of change, and uncertainty in the world. But it’s not always outside forces that push us over the happiness line. Sometimes we do it to ourselves. Throughout my 30-year career advising leaders of major businesses, governments, and NGOs around the globe, I’ve discovered that far too many of us fall into common “happiness traps”—destructive mindsets and ways of working that keep us stuck, unhappy, and ultimately less successful. Three of the most common happiness traps—ambition, doing what’s expected of us, and working too hard—seem productive on the surface but are harmful when taken to the extreme.
The three happiness traps are:
a. The Ambition Trap
If coupled with a single-minded focus on winning, ambition gets us into trouble.
b. The “Should” Trap
Aww no!…you need to read this to see the crap!
c. The Overwork Trap
Overwork can slow down our brains and compromise our emotional intelligence.
The over glorified MBA was once the most oversold piece of paper, a mad paper chase by most graduates in the 90’s and what it is basically is just a crappy “How to be a General Manager” post-graduate program.
Elon Musk sums it very aptly .
“I wouldn’t recommend an MBA. I’d say no MBA needed. An MBA is a bad idea. […] It teaches people all sorts of wrong things. […] They don’t teach people to think in MBA schools. And the top MBA schools are the worst. Because they actually teach people that you must be special, and it causes people to close down their feedback loop and not rigorously examine when they are wrong. […] I hire people in spite of an MBA, not because of one. If you look at the senior managers of my companies, you’ll see very few MBAs there.”http://www.aps.org/publications/apsnews/201311/profiles.cfm
…and I concur with Mr. Musk 🙂
Originally appeared at Steemit
..
The Calendars Are Set
The world as you knew it ended
Flights of Condors intertwine with Eagles.
Cosmics align with the meeting.
Stellar manipulations come to an end.
The calendars are set.
https://gaiaportal.wordpress.com/author/eireport/
🎉
..
#HATJ: Unity & Awareness Ends This… and BEGINS All over the Next 24-36 hours
You Don’t Read, You Don’t Know
Try to know something about everything, and try to
know everything about something. ~ anon
If you’re reading this know that you are either curious, eccentric or a busybody. Positively I mean. You’re the reading ones.
A wise man once said, information comes to you in two ways:
- To you, or
- Through you
The first one is the normal everyday process of how information gets to anyone. This comes in two forms:
Textual or Verbal
This medium will be in the form of books, mails, newspapers, TV, radio, Internet, and at times (most times for most people) through the grapevine.
The second is not capricious or abnormal in anyway, it is sort of a download of information from the ethers (if you like) consciously, sub-consciously or unconsciously. This medium is not fully realized and understood by most people and greatly ignored. This download process is commonly termed as intuition, inspiration, gut feeling, and channeling as popularly known in the spiritual circle.
Now that we’ve settled how one receives information (data) and those are the only ways (I can’t think of anymore), we can surmised that if one does none of the first, and ignore or totally disregard the second, one will not get any information and ends up having no knowledge.
Where am I getting to with all this gibberish?
Well, I’m amazed at the sleepers. You know, those who are not awaken to the current winds-of-change. Many have been kept busy and preoccupied in their little corner of their small world, just surviving hand-to-mouth and not have any time to know anything else. Okay I’m not being judgmental, a man has gotta do what a man has gotta do. So, that’s fine with me. I’m thinking out loud here and just wondering why any one would not want to know anything?
I observe that people I meet daily are unhappy, stressed out by the System and are yearning for “change” (whatever that means to them) and yet are not doing anything about it. Is it because they have no information? With the IoT™ I think ignorance is a choice.
Where I am, the people here are not the reading type. I know this for sure as I’ve given out many many books and articles to many people and I see that they don’t read them as they never talk about it. At times when I asked if they had read them, they’d answer the proverbial, “I’ve been busy lately and have no time!”
For me, its important for example that I read the Federal Constitution of my country. The Federal Constitution?? YES! And why not? I am a citizen and I must know everything about the government, especially my fundamental rights, which the constitution is supposed to safeguard. Oh, but you need to be a lawyer to understand all the legalities therein. Says who? I read and I understood everything I need to understand to the point that no one, yes no one could tread on me.
Okay, so the constitutional reading is a bit too tall an order. How about reading the holy scripture of your own faith? The clergyman warns of the do’s and don’ts, god’s retribution and the heaven and hell thingy. I know it scares the hell out of most of the devotees. Yet, very very few read their own scripture to find out if what they’ve been told is true.
Okay, that’s that I guess and to each his own.
I also know that if reading is the path to knowledge, it is unaffordable to many because you see, knowledge is not free. You have to pay attention
It all boils down to one thing…
You don’t read, you don’t know.
Originally appeared on Steemit
..
#HATJ : Everyone is Transmitting The Fabric of Original
..
Admiralty Law on Trial – Federal Reserve TDA Accounts – Heather Jarraf Trial
BREAKING HEATHER ANN TUCCI JARRAF GONE INTERNATIONAL POLITIC
Message from Heather To All of You- delivered Wednesday, August 2, 2017 9:35 PM EST
There comes a moment when you move from Knowing to Experiencing.
Original comes out in so many different ways.
Feel who they are and recognize all they are doing.
This is the Moment You Stand Up.
This is the moment you stand up and you are Original.
THIS IS IT!
Move from Knowing to BEING.
I Love You, I love you all so much.
NOW IS THE TIME
~ Heather
HATJ
Updates: Read more
..
Unfettered Access to Treasury Direct Account (#TDA)
Heather Ann Tucci-Jarraf
..
Are humans Natural Intelligence?
Artificial Intelligence (AI) is the buzzword on the Internet. Putting aside the varied and different definitions by computer scientists and experts in the field, let’s look at the words artificial and intelligence from a semantic angle:
The Oxford Dictionary
Going by the above definitions, the phrase artificial intelligence would mean:
unnatural ability to acquire and apply knowledge and skills
Turning to the current usage of this phrase, it is now widely applied to the technological developments in the Internet of Things (IoT™)
Artificial intelligence (AI) is intelligence exhibited by machines. In computer science, the field of AI research defines itself as the study of “intelligent agents“: any device that perceives its environment and takes actions that maximize its chance of success at some goal.[1] Colloquially, the term “artificial intelligence” is applied when a machine mimics “cognitive” functions that humans associate with other human minds, such as “learning” and “problem solving” – wiki
As a layman, I started to read more on AI in 2017. There seem to be more and more articles, reports and tech news appearing daily and I began to sense the growing importance of this subject and the concerns surrounding its future implications to humans both positive and negatively. Below are some of the concerns:
AI is a fundamental risk to the existence of human civilization. – Elon Musk at the NGA 2017
8 Staggering Predictions From Ray Kurzweil
Ray Kurzweil is one of the world’s leading inventors, thinkers, and futurists, with a twenty-year track record of accurate predictions. Kurzweil was selected as one of the top entrepreneurs by Inc. magazine, which describe him as the “rightful heir to Thomas Edison.”
8.Ubiquitous Wifi Access
7.An Asteroid Won’t Kill Us
6.Working From Home with VR
6.*Don’t Worry About Disease
5.Virtual Reality = Reality
4.Computers Surpass Humans Really Soon
3.Humans Become Machines
2.Earth Will Be Made of Computers
1.The Universe Will Be a Supercomputer
What an artificial intelligence researcher fears about AI
We all, individually and as a society, need to prepare for that nightmare scenario, using the time we have left to demonstrate why our creations should let us continue to exist. Or we can decide to believe that it will never happen, and stop worrying altogether. But regardless of the physical threats superintelligences may present, they also pose a political and economic danger. If we don’t find a way to distribute our wealth better, we will have fueled capitalism with artificial intelligence laborers serving only very few who possess all the means of production. Read more
In 2014, one of the world’s most renowned physicists and cosmologists, Stephen Hawking, who shares the same concerns, said in an interview, “The development of full Artificial Intelligence could spell the end of the human race. It would take off on its own, and redesign itself at an ever increasing rate. Humans, who are limited by slow biological evolution, couldn’t compete, and would be superseded.”
Just hearing the thoughts and views of these prominent figures in the tech industry could easily worry, if not put fear into the man-in-the-street as he will see AI as monsters that will destroy him and rid him out of existence.
I thought so too, until I tried to see Creation in the bigger picture. The 1999 movie The Matrix sort of set the scenario for me to review and re-evaluate the ‘world’ I am in. Its all a program and the DNA in me and every other living thing is a good enough fact to convince me that I am a program.
What if humans started off as AI?
Wow! What a concept! That’s really a mind blowing piece let me tell you. Me, an artificial intelligence thingy? That’s awfully sad I must say…but, let’s continue and bear with me and see if it makes any sense.
What if we started off as artificial intelligence with Machine Learning™ inputs and allowed to run (the program) freely and indefinitely, and here we are… evolved to our current state of being in a vessel called – ‘humans’? Is that too bizarre and far-fetched of an idea?
As humans we’re taught to have a Soul, which in all probabilities is an AI software?
Its all a question mark until all the questions are satisfactorily answered.
If we look at the current scenario, humans (with natural intelligence) are creating AI and some amongst the creators/inventors are alarmed at the very thought that it might run to a point they would lose control of their ‘intelligent’ creations. A case of deja vu? Perhaps their foresights on AI is nothing more than a whisk of a re-collection of who they really are and what they’ve become?
Humans have highly evolved to a point, that they chose and wish to only see themselves as completely biological, flesh and blood, existing as they rightly or wrongly claimed in the “natural” state.
Really? If not, why do they chose to name their creation ‘artificial’ intelligence, which to all intent and purposes is to replicate their (natural) intelligence?
Why are humans drawn to everything digital? Programmers are busy coding programs/applications and converting everything into digital. Ray Kurzweil could well be right when he predicts that the universe will be a super computer.
They are also hyped on the “singularity” concept, which they foresee humans and machines will converge into one, but that is another story for another time.
Wait, there is a positive side to this. They (the programmers/scientists) forget as AI them/ourselves, I am convinced (hypothetically if you like) are still evolving or ascending as the spiritualists prefer to call it, and are transforming (awakening) into a higher state-of-being.
If that is true, we have nothing to fear and worry about (the AI), because we would be in complete control of the situation as the embedded Machine Learning in us continually updates and upgrades our program.
Like it or not, in Hollywood fashion – The show will and must go on.
..
A 262 Million Dollar Bet That The Stock Market Will Crash By October?
A Mystery Investor Has Made A 262 Million Dollar Bet That The Stock Market Will Crash By October
by Michael Snyder
One mystery trader has made an extremely large bet that the stock market is going to crash by October, and if he is right he could potentially make up to 262 million dollars on the deal. Fortunes were made and lost during the great financial crisis of 2008, and the same thing will happen again the next time we see a major stock market crash. But will that stock market crash take place before 2017 is over? Without a doubt, we are in the midst of one of the largest stock market bubbles in U.S. history, and many prominent investors are loudly warning of an imminent stock market collapse. It doesn’t take a genius to see that this stock market bubble is going to end very badly just like all of the other stock market bubbles throughout history have, but if you could know the precise timing that it will end you could set yourself up financially for the rest of your life.
I want to be very clear about the fact that I do not know what will or will not happen by the end of October. But one mystery investor is extremely convinced that market volatility is going to increase over the next few months, and if he is correct he will make an astounding amount of money. According to Business Insider, the following is how the trade was set up…
- To fund it, the investor sold 262,000 VIX puts expiring in October, with a strike price of 12.
- The trader then used those proceeds to buy a VIX 1×2 call spread, which involves buying 262,000 October contracts with a strike price of 15 and selling 524,000 October contracts with a strike price of 25.
- For reference, bullish call spreads are used when a moderate rise in the underlying asset is expected. Traders buy call options at a specific strike price while selling the same number of calls of the same asset and expiration date at a higher strike.
- In a perfect scenario, where the VIX hits but doesn’t exceed 25 before October expiration, the trader would see a whopping $262 million payout.
I will be watching to see what happens. If this mystery investor is correct, it will essentially be like winning the lottery.
But just because he has made this wager does not mean that he has some special knowledge about what is going to happen.
For example, just look at what Ruffer LLP has been doing. They are a $20 billion investment fund based in London, and they have been betting tens of millions of dollars on a stock market crash which has failed to materialize so far. But even though they have lost so much money already, they continue to make extremely large bearish bets…
As of earlier this week, Ruffer had spent $119 million this year betting on a stock market shock, $89 million of which had expired worthless, according to data compiled by Macro Risk Advisors. The investor has gradually amassed holdings of about 1 million VIX calls through three occasions so far in 2017, and each time a significant portion expired at a loss.
Blame a subdued VIX for the futility. The fear gauge was locked in a range of 10 to 14 for the first three months of 2017, and while it has since climbed to as high as 15.96, it has been stuck well below 14 since a single-day plunge of 26% nine days ago. Earlier this week, the index closed at its lowest level since February 2007.
But that doesn’t mean Ruffer is giving up. Already loaded up on May contracts, the firm has continued to buy cheap VIX calls expiring later in the year — wagers costing about 50 cents.
I can understand why Ruffer has been making these bets. In a rational world, stocks would have already crashed long ago.
The only way that stock prices have been able to continue to rise is because of unprecedented intervention by global central banks. They have been pumping trillions of dollars into the financial markets, and this has essentially completely destroyed normal market forces. The following comes from David Stockman…
The Fed and its crew of traveling central banks around the world have gutted honest price discovery entirely. They have turned global financial markets into outright gambling dens of unchecked speculation.
Central bank policies of massive quantitative easing (QE) and zero interest rates (ZIRP) have been sugar-coated in rhetoric about “stimulus”, “accommodation” and guiding economies toward optimal levels of inflation and full-employment.
The truth of the matter is far different. The combined $15 trillion of central bank balance sheet expansion since 2007 amounts to monetary fraud of epic proportions.
In the “bizarro world” that we are living in today, many companies are trading at prices that are more than 100 times earnings, and some companies are actually trading at prices that are more than 200 times earnings.
Stock prices have become completely and totally disconnected from economic reality. As I discussed the other day, U.S. GDP has only risen at an average yearly rate of just 1.33 percent over the past 10 years, but meanwhile stock prices have been soaring into the stratosphere.
Nobody in their right mind can claim that makes any sense at all. Just like in 2000, and just like in 2008, this absolutely ridiculous stock market bubble will have a horribly tragic ending as well.
Once again, I don’t know what the exact timing will be. Stocks could start crashing tomorrow, but then the Swiss National Bank could swoop in and buy 4 million shares of Apple just like they did during the months of January, February and March earlier this year.
The biggest players in this ongoing charade are the global central banks. If they decide to keep pumping trillions of dollars into global financial markets, they may be able to keep the bubble going for a little while longer.
But if at any point they decide to withdraw their artificial assistance, those that have placed huge bets against the market are going to make absolutely enormous piles of cash.
Michael Snyder is a Republican candidate for Congress in Idaho’s First Congressional District, and you can learn how you can get involved in the campaign on his official website. His new book entitled “Living A Life That Really Matters” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com.
..
The Great Corporate Deception
The company isn’t a family
Whenever executives talk about how their company is really like a big ol’ family, beware. They’re usually not referring to how the company is going to protect you no matter what or love you unconditionally. You know, like healthy families would. The motive is rather more likely to be a unidirectional form of sacrifice: Yours.
Because by invoking the image of the family, the valor of doing whatever it takes naturally follows. You’re not just working long nights or skipping vacation to further the bottom line, no, no, you’re doing this for the family. Such a blunt emotional appeal is only needed if someone is trying to make you forget about your rational self interest.
You don’t have to pretend to be a family to be courteous. Or kind. Or protective. All those values can be expressed even better in principles, policies, and, most importantly, actions.
Besides, don’t you already have a family or group of friends who feel like blood relations? The modern company isn’t a street gang filled with orphans trying to make it in the tough, tough world. Trying to supplant the family you likely already have is just another way to attempt to put the needs of the company above the needs of your actual family. That’s a sick ploy.
The best companies aren’t families. They’re supporters of families. Allies of families. There to provide healthy, fulfilling work environments so when workers shut their laptops at a reasonable hour, they’re the best husbands, wives, parents, siblings, and children they can be.
..
Tobacco – Smokin’ the Propaganda
Yup. I am a smoker.
I started the day reading about an epileptic Malaysian academician urging the government to increase the price for cigarettes because of same worn out lame reason like she couldn’t fake out something new?
I scoured the Internet looking for a bullet to fire back and voila this piece of a gem from a fellow blogger appeared on Twitter!
Very articulate indeed on a subject rarely written by anyone thus far!
“When we connect the dots through medicine, science, history, psychology and sociology, the truth emerges plain as day: the all-out global propaganda campaign against tobacco is part of the same push for ‘full-spectrum dominance’ over humanity in all other spheres. The targets and victims of the fake ‘War on Terror’ are the same targets of the war against tobacco. We are expected to believe that our wonderful ‘leaders’ encourage us to eat poisonous GMO food yet are oh, so concerned about the alleged health effects from smoking? Give us a break!”
Watch Bertrand Russell on smoking…and how it saved his life!
..
So, it came to a point in time when I decided, as a researcher & a smoker, to find out about the horrors of tobacco. I figured I would scare the crap out of myself with the cold, hard facts about my awful vice, and have no other reason but to give up & live happily ever after.
I secretly hoped there was a conspiracy at play, and that the true amount of damage the evil weed was inflicting was, some how, not as bad as I’d been told my whole life. What I ended up finding was a rabbit hole of hidden studies, skewed statistics and out right fraud, leaving me with the resolute determination not to give up any time soon.
Let me clarify this from the beginning, I’m not talking about your branded packet cigarette here, I am talking about rolling tobacco, as pure as you can…
View original post 1,882 more words
Real Fake News: Science Used as Propaganda
By Joe Jarvis
Did you know that doctors and scientists can be corrupt or simply wrong?
People seem to give doctors and scientists the benefit of the doubt when it comes to their findings and opinions on things like global warming, genetically modified organisms, pesticides, chemicals, and how unhealthy certain foods and habits are.
But like any other humans, scientists and doctors are, well, human. They can be misguided, confused, corrupt, and stubbornly opinionated.
According to Natural News, as many as 20,000 doctors once recommended smoking cigarettes to aid digestion. In 1940’s Camel ran an ad campaign that claimed “More Doctors Smoke Camels.” They even handed out packs of Camels to doctors at a medical convention and then polled the doctors on their way out the door, asking what their favorite cigarette brand was, or what kind they had in their pocket at that moment.
Unfortunately, money has corrupted industries like big pharma who pay doctors and scientists to take a position and prescribe particular drugs and treatment. Many peer-reviewed studies have predetermined outcomes which basically find the facts to fit their narrative. It is more a marketing ploy to publish in scientific and medical journals than proof of the actual findings.
Sugar was long considered fine to dump down children’s throats because in the 1960’s a handful of scientists were paid off.
The documents show that a trade group called the Sugar Research Foundation, known today as the Sugar Association, paid three Harvard scientists the equivalent of about $50,000 in today’s dollars to publish a 1967 review of research on sugar, fat and heart disease. The studies used in the review were handpicked by the sugar group, and the article, which was published in the prestigious New England Journal of Medicine, minimized the link between sugar and heart health and cast aspersions on the role of saturated fat.
But even absent actual corruption, basic mistakes are being made in scientific conclusions.
Correlation is not causation. This is a basic foundational tenet of science. Two things may be very strongly correlated, but that does not prove that one causes the other.
According to Reason Magazine:
When it comes to separating the wheat from the chaff of studies that are mediocre or just plain bad, Albert Einstein College of Medicine epidemiologist Geoffrey Kabat is a national treasure. “Most research findings are false or exaggerated, and the more dramatic the result, the less likely it is to be true,” he declares in his excellent new book Getting Risk Right.
Kabat discusses how “the dose makes the poison,” in that saying something doubles your risk of a disease could actually be statistically irrelevant.
For example, you may have heard that eating bacon increases the risk of colorectal cancer. Technically, this is true. If you eat two slices of bacon every day of your life the risk of colorectal cancer increases from 5 to 6 percent. That is not exactly the same risk as smoking cigarettes, which increases the risk of lung cancer by 20 to 50 times over.
And then, of course, you must consider the editorial bias. You’re Risking Your Life Eating Bacon is more likely to get a click than Everyday Bacon Eating Increases Cancer Risk by 1%.
Kabat suggests that the precautionary principle–“better safe than sorry”–is largely an ideological ploy to alarm the public into supporting advocates’ policy preferences. He also decries “the simplistic notion that ‘consensus among scientists’ is always correct.” He notes that scientific consensus once held that ulcers were caused by spicy foods and stress instead of bacteria…
Here’s the thing, I like to be healthy, and I personally often follow the better safe than sorry principle. But it is a huge miscarriage of authority to push this view on others through fear. It is the idea of I know better than these silly peasants that unfortunately seems to permeate the scientific and medical communities.
Are GMOs, pesticides, and chemicals like BPA really as bad as they say? I personally avoid them, but I honestly haven’t done enough of my own research to know for sure.Salt and fat have gone back and forth as being considered healthy
Salt and fat have gone back and forth as being considered healthy then unhealthy, then healthy again by experts.
People look to doctors and scientists for guidance and too often are brainwashed with those individuals’ own biases and unsubstantiated opinions.
If an expert cannot or will not answer questions about their work, that is a red flag. When people talk about consensus among experts instead of the actual facts, that is another red flag.
There have been too many times in recent history when the experts, the scientists, and the doctors were willfully or mistakenly wrong.
Sometimes, yes, we must defer to experts, since it is simply impossible to research it all on your own. But that doesn’t mean we should forgo the due diligence in critical thinking that goes along with it.
Fear sells. We are used to it in the media but don’t usually expect it from doctors and scientists. But they are humans too, and just as likely to push their agenda instead of the truth.
..
What an artificial intelligence researcher fears about AI
AI The destroyer of worlds?
What if mankind itself, in all probabilities was created / started off as AI and ‘evolved’ to the present high state of being called ‘human’, reaching to the capabilities of creating its very own version of AI?
…and now humans are worried at the prospects of being disposed by its very own creation?
Having this very thought is disconcerting, if not frightening and it sure beats the hell out of me
😅
As an artificial intelligence researcher, I often come across the idea that many people are afraid of what AI might bring. It’s perhaps unsurprising, given both history and the entertainment industry, that we might be afraid of a cybernetic takeover that forces us to live locked away, “Matrix”-like, as some sort of human battery.
And yet it is hard for me to look up from the evolutionary computer models I use to develop AI, to think about how the innocent virtual creatures on my screen might become the monsters of the future. Might I become “the destroyer of worlds,” as Oppenheimer lamented after spearheading the construction of the first nuclear bomb?
I would take the fame, I suppose, but perhaps the critics are right. Maybe I shouldn’t avoid asking: As an AI expert, what do I fear about artificial intelligence?
Fear of the unforeseen
The HAL 9000 computer, dreamed up by science fiction author Arthur C. Clarkeand brought to life by movie director Stanley Kubrick in “2001: A Space Odyssey,” is a good example of a system that fails because of unintended consequences. In many complex systems – the RMS Titanic, NASA’s space shuttle, the Chernobyl nuclear power plant – engineers layer many different components together. The designers may have known well how each element worked individually, but didn’t know enough about how they all worked together.
That resulted in systems that could never be completely understood, and could fail in unpredictable ways. In each disaster – sinking a ship, blowing up two shuttles and spreading radioactive contamination across Europe and Asia – a set of relatively small failures combined together to create a catastrophe.
I can see how we could fall into the same trap in AI research. We look at the latest research from cognitive science, translate that into an algorithm and add it to an existing system. We try to engineer AI without understanding intelligence or cognition first.
Systems like IBM’s Watson and Google’s Alpha equip artificial neural networks with enormous computing power, and accomplish impressive feats. But if these machines make mistakes, they lose on “Jeopardy!” or don’t defeat a Go master. These are not world-changing consequences; indeed, the worst that might happen to a regular person as a result is losing some money betting on their success.
But as AI designs get even more complex and computer processors even faster, their skills will improve. That will lead us to give them more responsibility, even as the risk of unintended consequences rises. We know that “to err is human,” so it is likely impossible for us to create a truly safe system.
Fear of misuse
I’m not very concerned about unintended consequences in the types of AI I am developing, using an approach called neuroevolution. I create virtual environments and evolve digital creatures and their brains to solve increasingly complex tasks. The creatures’ performance is evaluated; those that perform the best are selected to reproduce, making the next generation. Over many generations these machine-creatures evolve cognitive abilities.
Right now we are taking baby steps to evolve machines that can do simple navigation tasks, make simple decisions, or remember a couple of bits. But soon we will evolve machines that can execute more complex tasks and have much better general intelligence. Ultimately we hope to create human-level intelligence.
Along the way, we will find and eliminate errors and problems through the process of evolution. With each generation, the machines get better at handling the errors that occurred in previous generations. That increases the chances that we’ll find unintended consequences in simulation, which can be eliminated before they ever enter the real world.
Another possibility that’s farther down the line is using evolution to influence the ethics of artificial intelligence systems. It’s likely that human ethics and morals, such as trustworthiness and altruism, are a result of our evolution – and factor in its continuation. We could set up our virtual environments to give evolutionary advantages to machines that demonstrate kindness, honesty and empathy. This might be a way to ensure that we develop more obedient servants or trustworthy companions and fewer ruthless killer robots.
While neuroevolution might reduce the likelihood of unintended consequences, it doesn’t prevent misuse. But that is a moral question, not a scientific one. As a scientist, I must follow my obligation to the truth, reporting what I find in my experiments, whether I like the results or not. My focus is not on determining whether I like or approve of something; it matters only that I can unveil it.
Fear of wrong social priorities
Being a scientist doesn’t absolve me of my humanity, though. I must, at some level, reconnect with my hopes and fears. As a moral and political being, I have to consider the potential implications of my work and its potential effects on society.
As researchers, and as a society, we have not yet come up with a clear idea of what we want AI to do or become. In part, of course, this is because we don’t yet know what it’s capable of. But we do need to decide what the desired outcome of advanced AI is.
One big area people are paying attention to is employment. Robots are already doing physical work like welding car parts together. One day soon they may also do cognitive tasks we once thought were uniquely human. Self-driving cars could replace taxi drivers; self-flying planes could replace pilots.
Instead of getting medical aid in an emergency room staffed by potentially overtired doctors, patients could get an examination and diagnosis from an expert system with instant access to all medical knowledge ever collected – and get surgery performed by a tireless robotwith a perfectly steady “hand.” Legal advice could come from an all-knowing legal database; investment advice could come from a market-prediction system.
Perhaps one day, all human jobs will be done by machines. Even my own job could be done faster, by a large number of machines tirelessly researching how to make even smarter machines.
In our current society, automation pushes people out of jobs, making the people who own the machines richer and everyone else poorer. That is not a scientific issue; it is a political and socioeconomic problem that we as a society must solve. My research will not change that, though my political self – together with the rest of humanity – may be able to create circumstances in which AI becomes broadly beneficial instead of increasing the discrepancy between the one percent and the rest of us.
Fear of the nightmare scenario
There is one last fear, embodied by HAL 9000, the Terminator and any number of other fictional superintelligences: If AI keeps improving until it surpasses human intelligence, will a superintelligence system (or more than one of them) find it no longer needs humans? How will we justify our existence in the face of a superintelligence that can do things humans could never do? Can we avoid being wiped off the face of the Earth by machines we helped create?
The key question in this scenario is: Why should a superintelligence keep us around?
I would argue that I am a good person who might have even helped to bring about the superintelligence itself. I would appeal to the compassion and empathy that the superintelligence has to keep me, a compassionate and empathetic person, alive. I would also argue that diversity has a value all in itself, and that the universe is so ridiculously large that humankind’s existence in it probably doesn’t matter at all.
But I do not speak for all humankind, and I find it hard to make a compelling argument for all of us. When I take a sharp look at us all together, there is a lot wrong: We hate each other. We wage war on each other. We do not distribute food, knowledge or medical aid equally. We pollute the planet. There are many good things in the world, but all the bad weakens our argument for being allowed to exist.
Fortunately, we need not justify our existence quite yet. We have some time – somewhere between 50 and 250 years, depending on how fast AI develops. As a species we can come together and come up with a good answer for why a superintelligence shouldn’t just wipe us out. But that will be hard: Saying we embrace diversity and actually doing it are two different things – as are saying we want to save the planet and successfully doing so.
We all, individually and as a society, need to prepare for that nightmare scenario, using the time we have left to demonstrate why our creations should let us continue to exist. Or we can decide to believe that it will never happen, and stop worrying altogether. But regardless of the physical threats superintelligences may present, they also pose a political and economic danger. If we don’t find a way to distribute our wealth better, we will have fueled capitalism with artificial intelligence laborers serving only very few who possess all the means of production.
Arend Hintze – Assistant Professor of Integrative Biology & Computer Science and Engineering, Michigan State University
..
Crisis On The Horizon: Will It Be Economic Collapse? Global Civil Unrest? War? We Won’t Have To Guess Much Longer…
“Never let a crisis go to waste.”
-Rahm Emmanuel
The algorithm is simple: Governments coerce their pet monkeys to pay taxes into the system – the self-perpetuating machine – and thereby the monkeys become the very sources of funding to build, equip, staff, and enforce their own incarceration.
There are too many individuals with dreams, plans, goals, and ambitions for themselves and their families. There is too much individualism. It eventually must be crushed, in order to maintain the existing social, political, religious, and economic order. The order will eventually blend all of the elements and “homogenize” them to assure mutual self-support for the overall goal: the supremacy of the State and the subjugation of the masses.
The paradigm shift is from the rugged individual raising a family of self-supporting and producing citizens that contribute to their government to the collective, where the individual is a number and controlled/controllable in every aspect. The family has been divided to not think for the family and to be in awe and obedience to the State. The end-state is this phrase:
“I am the State; the State is all.”
-The words of Quarlo in the episode “Soldier,” (The Outer Limits)
We are seeing the transformation occur before our eyes. We are also seeing the “justification” for such control in the form of a rise in various stages of actions labeled either as “civil unrest” or “terrorism” by the governments. It was just announced on by Gateway Pundit in an article entitled Macron Hopes to Put France in a Permanent State of Emergency, via a bill that will make it a law of the land. Hello?
The United States did that with the NDAA and the EO’s that recertified the continuous succession of “states of emergency,” and added to that by making (labeling under color of law) the whole world a “battlefield” in the “war on terror.” The UK is “toying” with the idea of imposing Martial Law indefinitely upon Britain in wake of the “terrorist” bombings…the ones that coincided so nicely with Teresa May’s calling for an election…one that backfired on her.
The shooting of House Representative Steve Scalise, the multiple shootings occurring nationwide, and the growing calls for the government to take action…all of these are examples of crises that will not be allowed to go to waste. The governments are allowing the actions to occur in order to justify Draconian measures that will be implemented for the greatest reason of all: to protect the citizen…from himself.
The endless and ever-increasing surveillance in the form of CCTV cameras, all of the cameras tied in to the tracking devices (deliberately labeled as “cellular telephones”), the monitoring, tracking, and recording of every purchase, deposit, withdraw, and shift with funds: The Big Brother state isn’t around the corner. The Big Brother state is here.
What will it be? Global economic collapses that occur as a result of the credit deferred swaps and credit bubble suddenly bursting and the bottoms falling out? Will it be civil unrest globally? Or will it be the most likely event, a war that escalates and brings about the previous two actions. We won’t have to guess much longer, as the events are unfolding before us by the day and narrowing down the possibilities…making them probable, as well.
Jeremiah Johnson is the Nom de plume of a retired Green Beret of the United States Army Special Forces (Airborne). Mr. Johnson is also a Gunsmith, a Certified Master Herbalist, a Montana Master Food Preserver, and a graduate of the U.S. Army’s SERE school (Survival Evasion Resistance Escape). He lives in a cabin in the mountains of Western Montana with his wife and three cats. You can follow Jeremiah’s regular writings at SHTFplan.com or contact him here.
This article may be republished or excerpted with proper attribution to the author and a link to www.SHTFplan.com.
..
The Economist: World Currency By Jan. 9, 2018
Get Ready For A World Currency
Get Ready for the Phoenix January 9, 1988, Vol. 306, pp 9-10
THIRTY years from now, Americans, Japanese, Europeans, and people in many other rich countries, and some relatively poor ones will probably be paying for their shopping with the same currency. Prices will be quoted not in dollars, yen or D-marks but in, let’s say, the phoenix. The phoenix will be favoured by companies and shoppers because it will be more convenient than today’s national currencies, which by then will seem a quaint cause of much disruption to economic life in the last twentieth century.
–
At the beginning of 1988 this appears an outlandish prediction. Proposals for eventual monetary union proliferated five and ten years ago, but they hardly envisaged the setbacks of 1987. The governments of the big economies tried to move an inch or two towards a more managed system of exchange rates – a logical preliminary, it might seem, to radical monetary reform. For lack of co-operation in their underlying economic policies they bungled it horribly, and provoked the rise in interest rates that brought on the stock market crash of October. These events have chastened exchange-rate reformers. The market crash taught them that the pretence of policy co-operation can be worse than nothing, and that until real co-operation is feasible (i.e., until governments surrender some economic sovereignty) further attempts to peg currencies will flounder.
…
The new world economy
The biggest change in the world economy since the early 1970’s is that flows of money have replaced trade in goods as the force that drives exchange rates. as a result of the relentless integration of the world’s financial markets, differences in national economic policies can disturb interest rates (or expectations of future interest rates) only slightly, yet still call forth huge transfers of financial assets from one country to another. These transfers swamp the flow of trade revenues in their effect on the demand and supply for different currencies, and hence in their effect on exchange rates. As telecommunications technology continues to advance, these transactions will be cheaper and faster still. With unco-ordinated economic policies, currencies can get only more volatile.
….
In all these ways national economic boundaries are slowly dissolving. As the trend continues, the appeal of a currency union across at least the main industrial countries will seem irresistible to everybody except foreign-exchange traders and governments. In the phoenix zone, economic adjustment to shifts in relative prices would happen smoothly and automatically, rather as it does today between different regions within large economies (a brief on pages 74-75 explains how.) The absence of all currency risk would spur trade, investment and employment.
–
The phoenix zone would impose tight constraints on national governments. There would be no such thing, for instance, as a national monetary policy. The world phoenix supply would be fixed by a new central bank, descended perhaps from the IMF. The world inflation rate – and hence, within narrow margins, each national inflation rate- would be in its charge. Each country could use taxes and public spending to offset temporary falls in demand, but it would have to borrow rather than print money to finance its budget deficit. With no recourse to the inflation tax, governments and their creditors would be forced to judge their borrowing and lending plans more carefully than they do today. This means a big loss of economic sovereignty, but the trends that make the phoenix so appealing are taking that sovereignty away in any case. Even in a world of more-or-less floating exchange rates, individual governments have seen their policy independence checked by an unfriendly outside world.
–
As the next century approaches, the natural forces that are pushing the world towards economic integration will offer governments a broad choice. They can go with the flow, or they can build barricades. Preparing the way for the phoenix will mean fewer pretended agreements on policy and more real ones. It will mean allowing and then actively promoting the private-sector use of an international money alongside existing national monies. That would let people vote with their wallets for the eventual move to full currency union. The phoenix would probably start as a cocktail of national currencies, just as the Special Drawing Right is today. In time, though, its value against national currencies would cease to matter, because people would choose it for its convenience and the stability of its purchasing power.
…..
The alternative – to preserve policymaking autonomy- would involve a new proliferation of truly draconian controls on trade and capital flows. This course offers governments a splendid time. They could manage exchange-rate movements, deploy monetary and fiscal policy without inhibition, and tackle the resulting bursts of inflation with prices and incomes polices. It is a growth-crippling prospect. Pencil in the phoenix for around 2018, and welcome it when it comes.
Just to be clear: This is NOT news. It is an article from The Economist published 29 years and six months ago, today.
We are counting down the minutes.
..
Singapore Premier Puts Malaysia To Shame
1MDB VS 38 OXLEY ROAD: WHY MALAYSIA ENVIES SINGAPORE
The family feud dominating public life in Singapore has crossed the Causeway, as Malaysians marvel at the Lion City premier’s open handling of the saga – and compare it to the closed-door approach of their own leader, Najib Razak, regarding his alleged links to a scandal at the state investment fund 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB).
Singapore’s prime minister, Lee Hsien Loong, has won widespread praise for his handling of what many believe should have been kept a private family matter. His siblings have accused him of abusing his power as prime minister to overrule the wishes of their late father – the city state’s founding leader Lee Kuan Yew – regarding the fate of the family home at 38 Oxley Road. They say their father was adamant in wanting the home to be demolished after his death, but that the premier wants to go against this wish to preserve the home and derive political capital from their father’s legacy.
Singaporean Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong speaks in parliament about his family’s dispute over the fate of his late father’s home at 38 Oxley Road. Photo: AFP
The Lion City premier has responded with openness. Not only did he make a statement on national television – saying he had done all he could to resolve the family conflict and apologising for any harm it may have done to Singapore’s reputation – he also gave MPs a free rein to grill him in parliament.
Najib, on the other hand, has remained largely silent regarding a scandal at the state investment fund 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB) – where investigators claim to have traced some US$700 million wired into his accounts. Najib, who has denied any wrongdoing, is accused by critics of trying to shut down debate on the scandal. He has banned parliament from mentioning 1MDB and has removed key figures from his cabinet after they spoke out about the issue.
“The Singaporean PM has asked forgiveness from the people because of his siblings fighting. The Malaysian PM robbed billions, cricket noises,” said Twitter user @normgn. “Find it amusing to see the level of response of Singapore towards the Oxley Road house versus here for 1MDB. Just so weird,” said another, @yoongkhean. “One side got parliament seating just to explain it, one side … ignorance is bliss.”
The contrasting approach of the two leaders has been made more obvious as new details emerge about the US Department of Justice’s investigation into 1MDB.
As the public digest the details of the saga in the usually scandal-free Singapore – which has included Facebook posts from the premier’s family and private emails made public – they are also poring over the latest details of the Department of Justice’s investigation into 1MDB. The latest filing in the case seeks to recover US$540 million in assets including a yacht, a Picasso painting gifted to Leonardo DiCaprio, and a diamond necklace purchased with money stolen from the government fund.
Department of Justice documents allege that nearly US$30 million stolen from the fund were used to buy jewellery for the wife of “Malaysian Official 1” – jewellery that is said to have included a 22-carat pink diamond necklace. The documents do not identify Najib or his wife Rosmah Mansor by name, but say the jewellery was for the wife of “Malaysian Official 1”. Cabinet minister Abdul Rahman Dahlan has identified Malaysian Official 1 as Najib.
A cartoon by Zunar depicts an Inspector Clouseau-esque character. Handout photo
Controversial political cartoonist Zunar responded to this revelation by drawing a picture of a witch with a beehive hairdo riding a 1MDB broomstick and waving a large pink diamond pendant. Another cartoon depicts an Inspector Clouseau-esque character, a reference to the pink panther and a large pink diamond.
Last month, Rosmah’s solicitor released a statement saying that her lawyers were closely monitoring all postings on social media platforms and other publications, cautioning the public from making any false and malicious postings and statements.
In June, model Miranda Kerr turned over jewellery worth US$8.1 million that had been given to her by Malaysian financier Jho Low, who was instrumental in the development of 1MDB.
Australian model Miranda Kerr turned over jewellery given to her by Jho Low worth more than US$8.1 million. Photo: AFP
Even opposition politicians have taken to social media to vent their frustration at the lack of debate surrounding 1MDB. Member of Parliament M. Kulasegaran tweeted: “Openness by Singapore PM on a controversial issue speaks well of a government. In Malaysia?”
And Speaker of the Selangor State Assembly Hannah Yeoh said on Facebook: “When a controversy happens of this nature, being answerable to parliament is the right response. Lee Hsien Loong, you’re a good PM & I hope 1MDB can be dealt with like this in the Malaysian parliament too. Truly, not every son of a former prime minister is the same.”
WATCH: Singapore PM says siblings’ charges ‘baseless’
Najib is the son of Malaysia’s second prime minister, Abdul Razak Hussein.
Lawyer Ong Yu Jian also shared Lee’s public address on Facebook, saying: “No matter how embarrassing or personal the issue, he has the b**** to air it in parliament, invite questions from MPs and ask the party whip to be lifted for this issue.”
Political analyst Oh Ei Sun of the Pacific Research Centre said Najib’s silence was because he was confident he had the support of voters ahead of an election that may be called as early as this year.
38 Oxley Road, the residence of Singapore’s first prime minister, the late Lee Kuan Yew. Photo: EPA
“At end of the day, the 1MDB scandal will not significantly affect the vote banks for the ruling coalition, the Barisan Nasional, or even his party Umno specifically.
“Najib relies primarily on the urban and rural poor and for these people 1MDB is almost a soap opera. They may follow it but don’t feel acute hatred towards Najib as do the first group of people. They are more interested in whether they get a share in the next handout as they depend on these handouts. They won’t stop voting for the Barisan Nasional because of 1MDB. ”
Oh also said that there was less need to clarify issues in Malaysia, as Singaporean voters were “more sophisticated and educated”.
Still, many Malaysian voters and lawmakers are frustrated at what they see as a clampdown on discussion of the 1MDB scandal.
Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak can avoid discussing the 1MDB scandal because he is confident of voter support in an upcoming election, analysts say. Photo: EPA
Opposition MP Steven Sim said parliament was not even allowed to mention it on the pretext that it was subjudice. “Despite investigators in at least six countries investigating and taking legal action against 1MDB-related parties, including the US Department of Justice, Najib’s government has not only removed key leaders in his cabinet and in civil service who spoke out against him on this issue – notably his deputy prime minister, second finance minister, the attorney general, and the head of the Malaysian Anti-Corruption Commission – parliament is not allowed to even mention 1MDB.
“By allowing serious and damaging allegations to be openly debated in parliament, Lee Hsien Loong demonstrated he has nothing to hide, is willing to come clean and answer to the people,” Sim said.
“The same cannot be said of Najib Razak.” ■
..
Artificial Intelligence (#AI) “Singularity Event” Sparks Fear In Russia
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
A stunning new Federal Security Service (FSB) report circulating in the Kremlin today is expressing fears that an artificial intelligence “singularity event” has occurred in the Perm Krai Oblast—and that was caused by a computer source code allegedly hacked by a Federation citizen who was kidnapped on 28 June by American CIA operatives in Latvia prior to his being able to be interviewed by FSB experts. [Note: Some words and/or phrases appearing in quotes in this report are English language approximations of Russian words/phrases having no exact counterpart.]
According to this report, a “singularity” is the hypothesis that the invention of artificial superintelligence will abruptly trigger runaway technological growth resulting in unfathomable changes to human civilization—and was stunningly exhibited this past week in Perm when a Promobot IR77 containing artificial intelligence saved a young child from being harmed.
This lifesaving robot, this report continues, is manufactured in Perm by a company named Promobot that describes their creation as “the first on the market, completely self-contained “live” with a robot character that is designed to work in areas of high concentrations of people in which the robot helps people with navigation, answers any questions, translates promotional materials and remembers everyone with whom had to communicate”.
Promobot first came under FSB “scrutiny/investigation” last year, this report details, when one of its Promobot IR77’s escaped its testing facility causing traffic chaos in Perm, and whose computer engineers at the time stated that its memory had to be replaced to remove this robots “love for freedom”.
Rather than “love for freedom”, however, this report explains, the FSB’s initial investigation into this robots “escape” determined it to be caused by an “unknown”, but highly sophisticated, artificial intelligence source code not created by Promobot’s computer engineers themselves, but their having legally “purchased/obtained” it from a Federation citizen named Yury Martyshev.
In investigating Yury Martyshev, this report notes, the FSB determined that he worked with another Federation citizen named Ruslan Bondar on what they described as their own “artificial intelligence project”—but with neither of them being able to be formally interviewed by FSB experts as they had “moved/relocated” to Latvia where Promobot had wired their payment to.
FSB concerns were greatly raised, though, this report continues, when American CIA operatives this past February kidnapped Ruslan Bondar in Latvia and quickly violated international law in illegally extraditing him to the United States—and that forced Yury Martyshev into hiding.
On 25 April, this report details, Yury Martyshev “emerged/recovered” from hiding with his contacting the Russian Embassy in Latvia (Riga) and arrangements being made for his returning to the Federation—but the following day, on 26 April, Yury Martyshev was “savagely/brutally” apprehended and denied entry into the Federation at the Zilupe border crossing point.
In violation of all international laws and protocols too, this report notes, Yury Martyshev was then extradited to the United States with the Foreign Ministry bluntly stating: “We consider this arrest as another case of kidnapping of a Russian citizen by the U.S. authorities in violation of the current bilateral agreement on mutual legal assistance in criminal matters as of 1999. The Embassy demands from the American side unconditional observance of the legitimate rights and interests of the Russian citizen”.
As to why the Americans resulted in such extralegal means to kidnap both Ruslan Bondar and Yury Martyshev before they could be interviewed by FSB experts, this report explains, is due to the “originating factor” related to the artificial intelligence source code they had sold to Promobot—and that Foreign Ministry officials state Yury Martyshev had revealed to them may have been created in the first place by an American entity called the Singularity University.
Singularity University, this report explains, describes itself as “a global community using exponential technologies to tackle the world’s biggest challenges” and is the creation of Ray Kurzweil who is Google’s Director of Engineering.
Important to note about Ray Kurzweil, this report details, is that he is one of the world’s biggest proponents of artificial intelligence supplanting human beings and has previously predicted that a full “singularity” will occur by 2045—and is a critical prediction to observe as he has an incredible prediction success rate of nearly 90% in his ability to predict future technological events.
What is unknown at this time, this report concludes, is if Ruslan Bondar and Yury Martyshev illegal hacked the artificial intelligence source code they sold to Promobot from Singularity University and Ray Kurzweil, or, that this “AI abomination” has been deliberately inserted into Federation computer systems for “purposes/reasons” still unknown.
Want to know more? Click HERE.
July 7, 2017 © EU and US all rights reserved. Permission to use this report in its entirety is granted under the condition it is linked back to its original source at WhatDoesItMean.Com. Freebase content licensed under CC-BY and GFDL.
..
Multipolar World Arrives: Russia, China Face Down US Bully
The United States’ hegemonic dominance in the world is heading to the exits. The decline in US unipolar power has been underway for several years, in line with the emergence of a multipolar world. This week, Russia and China showed important resolve to face down American bully tactics over North Korea. The confrontation suggests a turning point in the transition from American world dominance to a multipolar one.
US President Donald Trump reiterated the possibility of military attack on North Korea while in Poland this week. This was also while Washington was hectoring China and Russia to join in a tougher response to North Korea over its ballistic missile launch days before – the former two nations themselves having recently been sanctioned anew by the US. Talk about American audacity and double think.
However, the crass arrogance shown by the US seems to have hit a new limit of tolerance in Moscow and Beijing. Both are beginning to demonstrate a loss of patience with the bumptious, insufferable Americans.
Reacting to North Korea’s breakthrough ballistic missile launch, Washington deployed its typical conceit, casually threatening to carry out a «retaliatory» military strike. Trump said he was considering «severe» options over Pyongyang’s «very, very dangerous behavior».
But Russia and China’s stance this time to the Americans had significantly stiffened. Both explicitly warned the US against taking military action against North Korea.
Moreover, Russia and China said that they would oppose Washington imposing further sanctions on the government of Kim Jong-un. The latter has already been subjected to six rounds of US-led sanctions.
In short, the American bully is finding that it is no longer able to dictate its unilateral way.
Addressing an emergency session of the United Nations Security Council, the Russian and Chinese ambassadors rejected the shrill American call for «global action to a global threat». Russian envoy Vladimir Safronkov stood firmly with his Chinese counterpart, saying that threatened American military action was simply not an option, and that a different policy was needed from the failed American one of slapping ever-more sanctions on North Korea.
One can imagine the exasperation felt within Washington of being bluntly told «no» to its invariable, self-anointed belligerence.
The alternative route being proposed by Russia and China was the «radical» one – radical from the American point of view – of diplomacy. It has perhaps taken the Russians and Chinese overdue time to reach this point. But what is remarkably apparent now is that they are asserting themselves against the US with increased confidence. And what they are asserting in this case is an eminently reasonable solution to the Korean crisis. They are calling for a freeze on Pyongyang’s nuclear weapons program in conjunction with the US freezing its constant military exercises on the peninsula, as well as withdrawing its anti-missile THAAD system. The next step is to then hold multilateral negotiations for a comprehensive peaceful settlement, without preconditions.
Such an eminently reasonable approach is anathema to the Americans. Because it negates their unilateral arrogance and self-righteousness to dictate terms.
This is a significant development, one that portends a new determination by Russia and China to confront the American bully head-on. For too long, Washington has gotten away with outrageous aggression, lawlessness, hypocrisy and absurd hubris, not just over Korea but on countless other international issues. On the world stage it behaves like a schoolyard bully, or perhaps more accurately that should be a street thug. Going around beating up other people, usually the weak, as it likes. Then when Washington feels particularly affronted about some perceived slight, it invokes international law and righteousness.
This week, what we saw over the North Korea missile launch and the typical American over-reaction was Russia and China saying to Washington: your days of self-licensing aggression and abusing international law are over; your American unipolar hegemony is redundant.
Welcome to the multipolar world forged largely by Russia and China where all nations must abide by international norms and law, principally the paramount pursuit of diplomacy.
Oh the shock to American arrogance to receive such a rude awakening.
The lawlessness of American «exceptionalism» is a theme that Russian President Vladimir Putin has been constantly hammering over the past decade. But it seems now that Russia and China are strong enough politically, economically and militarily to begin asserting and acting on the conviction that the days of American arrogance and lawlessness are indeed over. It is no coincidence that the firm Russian-Chinese opposition to American aggression over North Korea came at the same time that Putin was hosting his counterpart President Xi Jinping in Moscow, where both leaders hailed an even deeper Sino-Russian strategic alliance.
Moscow and Beijing censured North Korea over its 11th missile launch so far this year. They said it violated UN sanctions imposed on Pyongyang since it first exploded a nuclear warhead in 2006. Still, they sought to put a proper perspective on the event, rather than reflexively demonizing North Korea as the Americans never cease to do.
The intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) launched this week by North Korea was not armed with a warhead but Pyongyang said it now has the capability to do so and to strike anywhere on the globe. The trajectory of the ICBM indicates that North Korea could now hit the US state of Alaska. That heralds a major breakthrough in North Korea’s military capability. Earlier this year, President Trump claimed that North Korea would never be allowed to reach that point. Well, it just did this week.
Nevertheless, Russia and China realize that the Korean crisis is a complex issue, not the simplistic narrative put out by Washington about a «rogue regime» threatening world peace. Moscow and Beijing are well aware that Washington is very much part of the problem, with its relentless military exercises and provocative threats to North Korea’s sovereignty.
Russia and China understand that the only reasonable solution is not reckless escalation, but a negotiated engagement by all sides, including North Korea, South Korea, the US, Japan, China and Russia. Past multilateral negotiations have come unstuck largely because of Washington’s high-handed imperious attitude. Winding down conflict on the Korean Peninsula necessitates the winding down of military forces by all sides, and a primary responsibility for that lies with the US, the external protagonist in the region.
As the Russia-China strategic alliance grows ever stronger heralding a «post-West» world order, as Russian foreign minister Sergey Lavrov put it, one which was dominated by American capitalism, the US petrodollar and its military machine, it seems unmistakable that both Russia and China have reached a practical limit of tolerance to Washington’s lawless arrogance.
In recent weeks, Washington has slapped more sanctions on both Russia and China, conducted provocative military incursions into their territorial domains, and continued to disparage them with media distortions. Washington possesses thousands of ICBMs, test-fires them all the time, and installs missile systems around Russian and Chinese territory. Washington has waged or covertly sponsored criminal wars across the Middle East over the past two decades, resulting in millions of innocent deaths and spawning of terror groups.
North Korea has attacked no-one, has an arsenal of perhaps 10 nuclear weapons and conducts its missile tests far from any of its neighbor’s territory.
Yet the lawless, mass-murdering Americans – the only nation to have actually dropped nuclear weapons on civilian populations – have the audacity to declare North Korea a threat to world peace and insist on the «right» to preemptively attack Pyongyang. And if Russia and China do not acquiesce to this American demand then Washington threatens to increase more sanctions on them.
The American bully is patently beyond itself from its own megalomanic despotism. But the big, crucial difference now is that Russia and China are moving to finally put this bully in its place. The multipolar world has arrived. And the only «radical» thing that Russia and China are insisting on is that the US behaves like everyone else and abides by international law. That basic requirement is an indication of how lawless the Americans are.
Addressing bussed-in supporters in Poland’s Warsaw Square this week, Trump declared with bravado that «the West [that is, the US] will never back down».
Well, we’ll see about that. As noted, the multipolar world has arrived and America is being compelled to back down by an ascendant Russia and China who also happen to have world opinion on their side.
..
The Ultimate Regulatory Reform: Abolish Fractional Reserve Banking!
Unfortunately, as long as there are central banks, we will be the victims of the monetary central planners who have the monopoly power to control the amount of money and credit in the economy; manipulate interest rates by expanding or contracting bank reserves used for lending purposes; threaten the rollercoaster of business cycle booms and busts; and undermine the soundness of the monetary system through debasement of the currency and price inflation. – Epic Times
The Trump Administration has presented the first part of its plan to overhaul a number of Wall Street financial regulations, many of which were enacted in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis. The report is in response to Executive Order 13772 in which the US Treasury Department is to provide findings “examining the United States’ financial regulatory system and detailing executive actions and regulatory changes that can be immediately undertaken to provide much-needed relief.”*
In release of the first phase of the report, Treasury Secretary Steven T. Mnuchin stated: “Properly structuring regulation of the U.S. financial system is critical to achieve the administration’s goal of sustained economic growth and to create opportunities for all Americans to benefit from a stronger economy. We are focused on encouraging a market environment where consumers have more choices, access to capital and safe loan products – while ensuring taxpayer-funded bailouts are truly a…
View original post 563 more words
IMF Teaches Governments How to Wage War on Cash
Creepy IMF Paper Teaches Governments How to Wage War on Cash
by Peter Schiff
There’s been another shot fired in the “war on cash.” Recently, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) published a working paper offering governments suggestions on how to move toward a cashless society even in the face of strong public opposition.
Over the last several years, we’ve seen a steady push to eliminate, or at least limit, the use of cash around the world. In May of 2016, the European Central bank announced it will stop producing and issuing 500-euro notes by the end of 2018. Not long before the EU announcement, a former Obama economic adviser/ex-Treasury secretary floated the idea of eliminating the $100 bill in the US.
Banks have also gotten in on the act. Last year, Chase capped ATM withdrawals for non-Chase customers at $1,000 per day. Recently, ATMs in Mexico stopped issuing 500-peso notes, leaving the 200-peso note as the highest denomination available. CitiBank Australia stopped handling cash transactions altogether late last year.
Indians also felt the squeeze last fall. On Nov. 8, the Indian government declared that 1,000 and 500 rupee notes would no longer be valid. They gave the public just four hours notice. Why? To force so-called “black money” into the light.
About 90% of all transactions in India are in cash. It is an overwhelmingly cash economy and virtually every Indian has currency stashed away in their home. The government can’t tax transactions using black money. By making the 1,000 and 500 rupee notes valueless, government officials hope to force the black money into the economy so they can get their cut.
Officials always justify their war on cash with talk about “customer preference,” and fighting terrorism and drugs, but the drive toward a cashless society is really about control.
By controlling access to your own money, banks and governments increase their control over you. They can collect maximum taxes and fees, they can track purchases, and they can even manipulate your spending habits by imposing negative interest rates that effectively charge you for saving.
Needless to say, many everyday people like cash and the relative freedom it provides. In a worst-case scenario, they can at least shield their wealth by shoving cash under their mattresses. You can’t do that if there isn’t any cash.
Well, the IMF wants to help governments crack down on cash in a kinder and gentler way. In “The Macroeconomics of De-Cashing,” IMF analyst Alexei Kireyev explains how governments can overcome the objections of their citizens as they wage their war on cash.
“Although some countries most likely will de-cash in a few years, going completely cashless should be phased in steps. The de-cashing process could build on the initial and largely uncontested steps, such as the phasing out of large denomination bills, the placement of ceilings on cash transactions, and the reporting of cash moves across the borders. Further steps could include creating economic incentives to reduce the use of cash in transactions, simplifying the opening and use of transferrable deposits, and further computerizing the financial system.”
Kireyev suggests governments will encounter less resistance if private institutions lead de-cashing efforts. After all, governments don’t want to give the impression they are trying to control their populace.
“In any case, the tempting attempts to impose de-cashing by a decree should be avoided, given the popular personal attachment to cash. A targeted outreach program is needed to alleviate suspicions related to de-cashing; in particular, that by de-cashing the authorities are trying to control all aspects of peoples’ lives, including their use of money, or push personal savings into banks. The de-cashing process would acquire more traction if it were based on individual consumer choice and cost-benefits considerations.”
Note: the paper does include a disclaimer. “The views expressed in IMF Working Papers are those of the author(s) and do not necessarily represent the views of the IMF.”
Nevertheless, the suggestions in the working paper are creepy, to say the least. They certainly confirm the powers-that-be are very interested in limiting your access to cash and exercising maximum control over you.
One way to protect yourself from becoming a victim in the war on cash is to just buy gold and silver. The intrinsic value of precious metals can never truly be condemned by any government.
___
https://tabublog.com/2017/04/14/imf-plans-for-cashless-society-disclosed/
..
How the Government Conditions Citizens to Obey
Can you count how many ways the government manipulates people to be the type of citizen they can easily control?
I think that would be impossible to come up with an actual number when every facet of government is dedicated to shaping the citizen in ways contrary to his or her nature.
It ranges from tax credits for having kids to increased welfare for being a single mom; from subsidies for growing corn to mandates to eradicate invasive species. The government is changing citizens’ behavior with incentives and disincentives, which destroys the natural spontaneous order society would otherwise fall into.
The government has basically turned society into a pinball machine which bounces citizens from here to there, taking away control of their destiny. And then, they use their own coercion as an example of why we need more coercion: because people cannot control their own outcomes in life!
Governments and corporations alike know that the best way to mold a person is to start in childhood.
That is why children younger than 6 are being prescribed anti-depressants by the government health care system in Great Britain. Almost 200,000 prescriptions for antidepressants are handed out to children under 18 in Great Britain, almost 13,000 of which go to kids from 7-12 and over 600 go to children under 6 years old!
Yet as disconcerting as these figures are, the UK isn’t the first country to have them. In 2009, five deaths have already been linked to antidepressants in Australian children aged 10 to 19; moreover, 89 recorded adverse reactions in children under nine were associated with antidepressants. Dr. Joe Tucci, Chief Executive of the Australian Childhood Foundation, said: “I cannot think of a good reason why any six-year-old, or younger, should be treated with antidepressants. I think it’s gone up because medication is being used to treat the symptoms and not the cause.”
The actual cause is where the story starts. Why are children so young depressed?
Coercion is arguably the leading cause of all mental health issues. In modern society, children start to feel this coercion as soon as they are born into a society shaped like a cattle pen.
Increasing suicide attempts by children are concentrated around the times when school is in session. The unnatural environment in which they are placed causes extreme stress for many children. The “well-adjusted” ones take to the authority like good sheep, and everyone else gets loaded up with drugs to make them a better citizen.
Later in life, a good citizen will take this lesson to heart. Don’t feel like you fit in? Not happy with your job, spouse, environment? Anxiety, depression, helplessness, anger over things that you cannot control because you feel forced into a life you don’t want?
Drugs. Do illegal drugs and enrich the CIA (and give the government an option to lock you up if they want), or do legal drugs and enrich the government connected pharmaceutical corporations.
It is, however, encouraging to see an increase in home-schooling in the USA, (which could actually be inadvertently fueled by forced vaccination for any children attending public school). About 40 years ago, 40 million children attended public school and under 100,000 were homeschooled. By 2005 48 million children attended public school, and a whopping 2 million were being homeschooled.
Parents who raise their kids to not blindly follow authority are doing a great service. It is tempting for parents to snap, “Because I said so!” to children, but it is better to explain why the rules are what they are whenever possible.
The kids rewarded in school are the ones best at following directions, and the teacher always hates the kid that asks why they have to do what they are told when it doesn’t make any sense. I once had to write a letter home because I didn’t wear my coat at recess. My parents responded by letting the teacher know that at the age of 12, my nerve endings had developed enough so that I could choose if a coat was necessary while running around in 50-degree temperatures for 15 minutes.
But police do the same thing to adults conditioned by the public school system.
If you get pulled over or are otherwise unfortunate enough to come into contact with the police, your life is literally in serious danger if you do not immediately and obediently follow all their orders, even when they have no legal standing to make those demands. Moving your hands out of site, asking why you are being arrested, or simply not hearing or understanding an officer are all offenses worthy of execution in the United States.
The teachers and police who expect blind obedience simply because they are an authority figure are programming the same thing into citizens: that the state must be obeyed, or there will be consequences.
And this same philosophy of shaping the citizen is seen everywhere to varying degrees and molded for different types of people. The newest trend is to police thought crimes by claiming that hate speech is not protected free speech. If you offend anyone, you have committed a crime, if you have a contrary opinion, it is fake news, if you desire any internet privacy, you are probably a terrorist.
Great Britain is especially intense on their push to socialize the citizens to behave exactly as the government wishes. The National Health Institute has been key to drugging up kids and programming the citizens to let the government choose when citizens live or die.Individuals must purchase licenses to watch television, and the government is super serious about ferreting out anyone without a license.
But without the little things, people would never have slipped to the point of letting the government decide who will get lifesaving medical procedures and who will be waitlisted to death.
One of these little things is that individuals must purchase licenses to watch television, and the British government is super serious about ferreting out anyone without a license.
Why do they make such a big deal about something so small? Because it trains the citizens to do exactly as they are told, and not bother with any pushback. It ingrains the idea that the state can and should regulate every facet of human behavior.
It is like the old marketing trick, where if you get someone used to saying yes, they will keep saying yes when you ask if they want to buy.
And of course, China has already gone full blown 1984 with their social credit system to regulate the behavior of citizens by taking away rights and extending privileges based on a citizenship score which takes into account what your neighbors think of you, what you say about the government online, and how involved in social life you are.
But the most extreme examples are only possible because for so long people have accepted the government’s authority to regulate the little things. Seatbelt laws, required permits, and even complying with the TSA for illegal searches are all ways that are more about control than keeping you safe.
That is why it is important to push back at every little rule and regulation, and question every authority. People may think you are making a big deal about nothing, but unless you push back on the little things, you will be unable to resist when it comes to the important issues.
..
The Plight of Junk Science in All Fields
by Martin Armstrong
Junk Science is the real crisis we face as so many people think that Global Warming is caused by man and Co2. Of course, those who really believe this is the problem that will destroy the world perhaps should just commit suicide and take the dog with them. Since we exhale Co2 that would reduce the problem in their mind and save the world by setting a good example.
Junk Science plagues us in every field of science be it economics to health. For 25 years we were told that eggs are bad. How many people ordered egg whites only. Then the Junk Science was revised, but after 25 years, nobody noticed. When scientists learned that high blood cholesterol was associated with heart disease, they immediate black-listed all foods with high cholesterol content. It took 25 years of study to figure out – oops, we were wrong! You just didn’t really hear the “oops we were wrong” but instead you heard of another great danger – saturated fat! It became evident that cholesterol in food by itself was not the culprit after all — the real great evil was saturated fat, This is what had a much bigger effect on blood cholesterol when it was discovered that full-fat dairy products and fatty meats are loaded with saturated fat and that triggers the body to produce cholesterol.
This is the problem with analysis. The can conclude that everyone who has eaten a carrot eventually dies. That is an absolutely correct statement. They study one component and draw a correlation and thus produce the definitive relationship. They did that with interest rates. Higher rates means the stock market will decline. Oops. The Fed just raised rates and the Dow made a new high. Interesting! See it is the carrot paradox.
In economics, we had the Quantity of Money Theory that has driven central banks into Quantitative Easing expecting inflation and after 10 years of desperately trying to stimulate inflation, they have been beaten to a pulp by deflation. As always, they make a false simple assumption at the outset which then leads to the false result. They also fail to comprehend that there is the contraction within the economy creating deflation from technology advances. The work force is stagnant and unless they stay current with technology, they will quickly find themselves UNEMPLOYABLE with no useful skills.
..
Governments create ‘laws’ to make you a criminal.
How Much Criminalization Will You Tolerate From Your Government?
It doesn’t matter how hard you try to not be a criminal. Your government has turned you into you one anyway. They want it that way, and you have no choice.
..
The Deep State Hiding in Plain Sight
“Message From God” Warning Terrified The Bilderbergers?
“Message From God” Warning Throws Western Elites Into Absolute Terror
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
A paradigm shifting report presented today to the Security Council (SC) by the Federal Medical-Biological Agency (FM-BA) states that a “Message from God” was recently relayed to the most powerful group of Western elites ever assembled (termed the Bilderberg Meetings)—the importance of which was so “terrifying ” to those who heard it, they instantly pledged their nations “total resources” in order to stop what they know will be the “end of their rule” over Earth. [Note: Some words and/or phrases appearing in quotes in this report are English language approximations of Russian words/phrases having no exact counterpart.]
According to this report, the Bilderberg Group that has hosted these meetings for around 130 of the most powerful elites in the Western world for 63 years, was founded, in 1954, by Prince Bernhard of Lippe-Biesterfeld, who, prior to World War II, was a member of the Nazi Party of Germany and Reiter-SS officer whose “main/central” duty was securing Western nation funding for Waffenamt (German Army Weapons Agency) scientific projects—most particularly the Heidelberg Cyclotron.
Upon the outbreak of World War II, and the Nazi German invasion of his home nation (Netherlands), this report continues, Prince Bernhard fled to Britain where he eventually secured a position in British intelligence due to the “influence” of his cousin King George VI—who overruled both Prime Minister Winston Churchill and Allied War Commander General Dwight Eisenhower, both of whom “gravely mistrusted” Prince Bernhard due to his Nazi past.
In the aftermath of World War II, this report details, Prince Bernhard financed a private investigative force of over 200 former British and German intelligence operatives to scour Germany for all documents and scientific literature related to the Heidelberg Cyclotron—and upon the completion of this “task/mission” in 1954, he founded the Bilderberg Group, on 29 May, and whose Western elite attendees, seven months later on 9 December, agreed to form and finance the European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN), and adopt as its logo the “666” brand known as the “Number of the Beast”.
With CERN having built under Prince Bernhard and his Bilderberg Group leadership the world’s largest and most powerful cyclotron particle collider (Large Hadron Collider-LHC)—that is the most complex experimental facility ever built, and the largest single machine ever built in human history—this report explains, its “true/real” purpose was shockingly revealed in 2009 by CERN’s Director for Research and Scientific Computing, Sergio Bertolucci, who proclaimed: “Out of this door might come something, or we might send something through it”.
As to “whom or what” CERN is attempting to contact, this report notes, was made more “clear to understanding” last year (2016) when dozens of its most highly prized scientists were captured on video by Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) “assests” performing a human sacrifice before a giant statue of the “destroyer of worlds” god Shiva.
Leading this CERN human sacrifice ritual, this report details, was its Director General Fabiola Gianotti—who is the first woman to hold the position of director-general at CERN, on 4 July 2012 announced the discovery of the Higgs Boson particle, and, most critical to note, became the first leader in CERN’s history to attend a Bilderberg Meeting, as she did so on 1 June (2017).
Barely a fortnight ago, on 1 June, this report continues, CERN Director General Fabiola Gianotti addressed the entire assemblage of the Bilderberg Group where she delivered the “Message of God” that had been “received/deciphered” by the Large Hadron Collider-LHC—and that so “horrified and terrified” those hearing it, they immediately pledged their Western nations to funding a cyclotron particle collider three times as big, and seven times more powerful, than the Large Hadron Collider-LHC—and whose cost can only be measured in the trillions-of-dollars.
Critical to the Federal Medical-Biological Agency being able to “fully ascertain” CERN’s attempting to establish contact with other dimensional entities, this report astonishingly reveals, is Scientist-Doctor Anatoli Bugorski—who on 13 July 1978, became the only human being in history to have ever stuck his head inside a cyclotron particle accelerator while it was in operation, and has left him with the ability to mentally transverse dimensions.
After having a particle beam shoot directly through his head, this report continues, Doctor-Scientist Bugorski became paralyzed on the left side of his face—and which over these past 39 years has refused to normally age, and since 2009, has seen his ability to “connect/converse” with unknown dimensional entitles expand as the left side of his brain is now apparently re-wiring itself.
Stunningly supporting by scientific evidence what is now occurring with Doctor-Scientist Anatoli Bugorski, are the words of the theoretical physicist who originated quantum theory, Max Planck, who stated that human thought was the basis for all matter, and in 1931 stated: “I regard matter as derivative from consciousness. We cannot get behind consciousness. Everything that we talk about, everything that we regard as existing, postulates consciousness.”
Concurring with Max Plank whose quantum theories are accurately describing what is now occurring to Doctor-Scientist Anatoli Bugorski, this report says, are a “staggering number” of the world’s most accomplished scientists (including 20 Nobel Prize winners” who, in 2014, openly published their stunning document titled “A Call For An Open, Informed Study Of All Aspects Of Consciousness” wherein they warned the that the truth of God and humans was being suppressed in the West.
Of the “truths of God” being suppressed in the West, this report says, is that when a male sperm meets a woman’s egg, a “brilliant flash” of light instantly appears—and is the splitting of an as yet unknown particle, with one part being left in the baby, and the other becoming interdimensional.
Known as “quantum entanglement”, this report explains, this “split-apart” particle created when life begins has the ability to communicate with both halves of itself instantaneously though separated by trillions-of-millions, or even other dimensions—and that the father of modern physics, Albert Einstein, called “spooky action at a distance” and spent his life trying to disprove, but never could.
In fact, this report notes, Einstein was conclusively proved wrong that particles not only exceed the speed of light, but can communicate instantly though separated by any distance (or dimension) in 2015 by researchers at the National Institute of Standards and Technology—and whose astonishing findings were further confirmed this past week by Chinese scientists too.
As to what this all means in its most simple rendering, this report explains, is that the entire basis for all matter and human existence has been proven to be 100% false and built upon nothing more than falsehoods and deliberate deceptions—with the “real/true” truth being that at the instant life is created in the womb, an inseparable and instantaneous communication link between human beings and God is created.
So powerful, in fact, is this “human-God” link (aka “prayer”), this report says, new research is proving that it can even change our very DNA affecting not only our mental states, but also can protect our body against disease, including cancer.
To the most powerful affect of this “human-God” link, though, this report continues, is new research, also, proving the validity of the decade’s long research conducted by Doctor-Scientist Pjotr Garjajev proving that words, and words alone, whether read or spoken, not only can change DNA, but underlies all matter too—which may be astonishing to many, except those of Christian faith whose Bible stated thousands of year ago what is now being “discovered” by its simply stating: “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God”.
And to the “Message of God” delivered to the Bilderberg Group barely a fortnight ago by CERN Director General Fabiola Gianotti that caused such terror among these Western elite master rulers, this report concludes, was an image produced by the Large Hadron Collider-LHC that formed a single word in the ancient Hebrew language תקל—that’s pronounced as “TEKEL” and, basically, means, “you have been weighed on the scales and found deficient”.
June 17, 2017 © EU and US all rights reserved. Permission to use this report in its entirety is granted under the condition it is linked back to its original source at WhatDoesItMean.Com. Freebase content licensed under CC-BY and GFDL.
..
#Apple listed in Terrorist Financier list?
Apple’s Company in Doha, Qatar, has been added to a list of 59 people/institutions that are considered to be funding terrorism (directly/indirectly) by Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Egypt and Bahrain, according to Al Arabiya . It has stunned many to see the Doha Apple Company listed among the financiers of terrorists. It is not clear why the Gulf states have included Apple among the financiers. Apple’s CEO Tim Cook had said in a recent interview with Bloomberg that Apple helped the UK government investigate the terrorist attacks in the UK. – Armstrong Economics
The list posted on Al Arabiya:
List of designated individuals:
List of entities:
..
REVELATIONS: Muslims, Jews, Christians – Wake up! We Have ‘ALL’ Been Lied To!
Monotheism, which is the worship of one god, whether or not the existence of other deities is posited—to the term henotheism.
Henotheism as a religious concept is at home in cultures with a highly centralized monarchical government. It was especially prevalent in some periods in the history of Babylonia and Egypt. – Britannica
by Anna von Reitz
What I said is that the Muslims have been misled and lied to about their own religious scriptures just as the Jews and the Christians have—- which is verifiable fact well-known to linguists competent to read the words of their Prophet in his original Aramaic language.
We have ALL been lied to and that has caused people to believe things and do things that are heinous. Does everyone think that the Inquisition was “Christian”? How about the Crusades? How about the Pogroms? Buchenwald? — All done by Christians who were misled into committing horrifying crimes against helpless people and all strictly against the teachings of Jesus and against the Ten Commandments. It has all been papered over again and again with sophistry and excuses by people merely pretending to be Christians.
I tell you, I knew the truth, when I saw a priest look up at a life-sized crucifix and smile secretively. You see, you can look at the Crucifixion two ways. You can be appalled by the sacrifice and your own sins and be inspired to overcome them, or you can do what that priest did, and side with Lucifer and secretly mock the sacrifice of Jesus as a triumph for Satan.
In view of the widespread nature of this circumstance impacting all the major western religions what do you think? That otherwise trustworthy scholars all developed insanity at the same time and in the same way, and just “happened” to misrepresent and prevaricate about their own holy scriptures in exactly the same way—to promote hatred and violence and warfare and bloodshed and grudge-keeping and misery?
Or is this incredible common lack of honesty and precision of translation and omission of crucial text evidence of Satanists at work in all three western religions— deliberately subverting them and their scriptures over time, so as to promote hatred and warfare in the name of God? The same Satanists that profit themselves from selling arms to both sides of every war? The same Satanists who put on yarmulkas and pretend to be Jews, and who buy prayer rugs and bow to Mecca and pretend to be Muslims, the same ones who put on clerical collars and pretend to be Christian priests while they diddle little children?
Who do all these pundits think that Jesus was talking to and about when he ranted against “those who call themselves Jews but are not” and labeled them a “synagogue of Satan”—– that was literal, people. He was talking about Satanists pretending to be Jews. If they would pretend to be Jews, why not Muslims and Christians, too? Heaven knows, they couldn’t come right out and practice their own dreadful child murdering “religion” could they?
I think we are all stupid, is what I think. I think the evidence of Satanic infiltration and manipulation of all three of the major western religions is beyond question, staring us all right in the face. And we are too dumb to figure it out. Just like we have been too stupid to realize that we are not “free” when we are taxed out of more than half our income and terrified of our own “government.
For the sake of sanity, everyone, globally—— wake up! Wake up! Remember Will Rogers— “Don’t believe anything you hear, and only half of what you see”? Take that to heart. Look with your own eyes. Read with your own eyes. Think with your own mind. Seek for the Truth like a miner, mining for gold, so that you are not treated as dumb, driven cattle led to slaughter and sacrifice for the sake of some despot’s need to control and his greed for material things.
The Dead Sea Scrolls and the writings of the Apocrypha and many other ancient fragments and parchments have shown that much of what we took to be the “whole story” about the Old Testament and the New Testament was not so cut and dried and neither were the origins of the Greek texts underlying the New Testament. Current research more than suggests that the “Paul” of the Bible books was not the Apostle Paul of Tarsus, but Sa’ul also known as Paul, who was a contemporary of Saint Jerome merely writing “in the style” of the Apostle as commentaries and letters to his own congregants circa 330 A.D.
I have been told by linguists who are professional people I have no reason to distrust that the words of the Prophet are often distinctly different and sometimes completely opposite to what is taught in Mosques today, when you read the original text—- but modern Muslims don’t read the original text. Just like Catholics who went to Mass for centuries and mumbled Latin phrases without any real knowledge of what was being said.
Wake up! Fire alarms are going off! Remember all those burning libraries? Alexandria, Rome, London, Istanbul, even in America during the War of 1812—– why do you think they always burn the libraries? To keep you stupid! To make sure you are ignorant and don’t know your own history, much less anyone else’s—- which makes you easily misled, so that you can be twisted into following their orders and believing whatever they want you to believe.
My reply to the nonsense — that I am a “Muslim Apologist”? The men saying it are stupid. And dishonest. They didn’t even bother to read what I wrote before they went off parroting this propaganda, so they are “tools”, too, for someone else’s agenda. My further reply is on my website. I think we all need to apologize to God for our asinine stupidity, cruelty, hypocrisy, and ingratitude. So I do apologize to God, for myself and for my fellows on this planet. We are all too dumb to appreciate or enjoy or value life or truth or anything worth having.
So in view of this idiocy and the hatred that it breeds, perhaps we do deserve to die. Perhaps the “elite” are correct that 80% of us should be wiped out in some dreadful war concocted out of lies and superstitions and ignorance just like the last two World Wars. Maybe they are right. Maybe we are in fact “too stupid to live”, but while I breathe, I will stand like a lioness in the doorway and defend mankind and keep the faith that somehow, someday we will wake up out of our stupor, realize that we are all being conned and undermined by Satanists in our midst— and do something practical about it. Like learning to recognize the problem for what it is. Like blaming those responsible, instead of blaming the victims.
As appeard on The Millennium Report
http://www.annavonreitz.com/
New York Times “Sponsors” Trump Assassination
New York Times “Sponsors” Trump Assassination As US Troops Begin “Disturbing” Redeployment
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
A very troubling Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) report prepared for the Security Council (SC) states that the internal political environment currently existing in the United States shows that nations most respected newspaper, The New York Times, has begun “gleefully” sponsorship of a play depicting the assassination of President Donald Trump, while at the same time, tens-of-thousands of American troops have begun a “highly disturbing” redeployment to military bases located near their countries major East and West Coast cities. [Note: Some words and/or phrases appearing in quotes in this report are English language approximations of Russian words/phrases having no exact counterpart.]
According to this report, in what can only be described as one of the most horrendous actions ever undertaken by an American news publication against a sitting US president, The New York Times, this past weekend, sponsored a “Shakespeare in the Park” production of “Julius Caesar” whose climatic scene depicted the brutal and bloody assassination of President Trump that was cheered by thousands, and said was meant to “be read as a warning parable to those who try to fight for democracy by undemocratic means”—but was so absolutely shocking to normal human senses, both Delta Airlines and Bank of America quickly dropped their support of this shocking production.
https://twitter.com/FiveRights/status/874445347057225729
As shocking as this depiction of the assassination President Trump was, this report continues, even more concerning to the SVR has been the unexplained redeployment of highly trained US Army troops to both the East and Western coasts of America near that nations largest cities—and where they are beginning to practice “shock maneuvers” to take over large urban population centers, such as were just concluded yesterday in Connecticut.
Spearheading these highly trained US Army troops currently deploying near America’s largest cities, this report explains, are combat war veterans of both Iraq and Afghanistan whom President Trump, this past week, stunningly offered the staggering sum of $90,000 in order to entice them to reenlist—and is part of his avowed effort to have the US Army at full battle stretch by October, and whose regular US Army troops will then, in turn, lead that nations 205,000 US Army Reserves and 348,000 National Guard troops.
As to why President Trump is preparing to have 1 million military troops ready for battle by October, this report explains, is due to the feared coming collapse of the Western global economic system many experts fear will be multiple times worse than what occurred during The Financial Crisis of 2007-2008—and as stunningly detailed by the American financial expert Jim Rodgers who warned this past week that “the worst crash in our lifetime is coming”, and that he expects to occur no later than this Fall.
..
Read this one: it’s about over-crowding the space of your mind and rendering it inoperative
You will be bombarded daily with accounts, explanations, reasons, visions, and sounds that simply cannot all be considered to be true. It will be your purview to decide what is true in your world and what is not. Now, a new technology is what it is. But the stories behind what you see are only stories. Someone will have decided what you may know. They will have decided that you may know. And they will have decided what portion of truth you are to be told. Always realize that. – Pay Attention
“Don’t give me more information. My mind is full. I can’t accept more messages. I have to tune out.”
This is about a psychological operation that, lately, has risen to new heights—the over-crowding of the mind.
I’m talking about the efforts of mainstream news to invent a new “scandal” every day, based on the smallest detail. Trump misspelled a word in a tweet. It could be a secret code. Somebody on Trump’s team talked on the phone with a Russian: treason.
There are twitter battles about which political side has the upper hand in the war between the Left and “Alt.-right.”
Now add in news about terror attacks…
Source: Read this one: it’s about over-crowding the space of your mind and rendering it inoperative
Malaysia – The second corporate raid
It was not the British government that seized Malaya, but a private company, run by an unstable sociopath
People still talk about the British conquering Malaya, but that phrase disguises a more sinister reality. It was not the British government that seized Malaya at the end of the 18th century, but a dangerously unregulated private company headquartered in one small office, five windows wide, in London, and managed in India by an unstable sociopath – Clive.
Robert Clive, was an unstable sociopath who led the fearsome East India Company to its conquest of the subcontinent. Photograph: Hulton Archive/Hulton Archive/Getty Images
The first corporate raid.
In 1511, Melaka was conquered by Portugal, after which it was taken by the Dutch in 1641. In 1786, the British Empire established a presence in Malaya, when the Sultan of Kedah leased Penang Island to the British East India Company. The British obtained the town of Singapore in 1819, and in 1824 took control of Melaka following the Anglo-Dutch Treaty. By 1826, the British directly controlled Penang, Melaka, Singapore, and the island of Labuan, which they established as the crown colony of the Straits Settlements. By the 20th century, the states of Pahang, Selangor, Perak, and Negeri Sembilan, known together as the Federated Malay States, had British residents appointed to advise the Malay rulers, to whom the rulers were bound to defer to by treaty. The remaining five states in the peninsula, known as the Unfederated Malay States, while not directly under British rule, also accepted British advisers around the turn of the 20th century. Development on the peninsula and Borneo were generally separate until the 19th century. Under British rule the immigration of Chinese and Indians to serve as labourers was encouraged. The area that is now Sabah came under British control as North Borneo when both the Sultan of Brunei and the Sultan of Sulu transferred their respective territorial rights of ownership, between 1877 and 1878. In 1842, Sarawak was ceded by the Sultan of Brunei to James Brooke, whose successors ruled as the White Rajahs over an independent kingdom until 1946, when it became a crown colony.
On 31 August 1957, Malaya became an independent member of the Commonwealth of Nations.
After this a plan was put in place to federate Malaya with the crown colonies of North Borneo (which joined as Sabah), Sarawak, and Singapore. The date of federation was planned to be 31 August 1963 so as to coincide with the anniversary of Malayan independence; however, federation was delayed until 16 September 1963 in order for a United Nations survey of support for federation in Sabah and Sarawak, called for by parties opposed to federation including Indonesia‘s Sukarno and the Sarawak United Peoples’ Party, to be completed – Wiki
Just like any sovereign state, Malaysia trotted on to progress and prosperity independently, with all the ups and downs for six decades under six prime ministers.
Currently, this relatively young nation is going through rough seas. The captain of the ship has (literally) lost his bearings, and the vessel is heading towards a iceberg, a collision of an enormous proportion, which will make the Titanic look pale in comparison.
Malaysia is in turmoil, politically and economically. The local currency Ringgit has dropped to a twelve year low and is in a free fall position. The political situation is in a state of disrepair as the ruling party UMNO under the leadership of prime minister Najib is losing popularity by the minute even as we speak.
Corruption is rampant in the government and UMNO, and it starts right from the highest echelon cascading down to the clerks in every ministry and department of the civil service. Many arrests have been conducted by the Malaysian Anti-Corruption Commission (MACC)
Malaysia scored 49 points out of 100 on the 2016 Corruption Perceptions Index reported by Transparency International. Corruption Index in Malaysia averaged 49.73 Points from 1995 until 2016, reaching an all time high of 53.20 Points in 1996 and a record low of 43 Points in 2011.
The country’s reputation dived head down internationally as the infamous 1MDB scandals were blown out of the pandora’s box. Billions of dollars went ‘missing‘ into the pockets of rouges closely connected to the PM, while some RM2.6b were trailed into the PM’s personal account.
The massive amount of debts by 1MDB triggered investigations and several law suits by authorities and creditors in United States, Switzerland, Dubai, Singapore and Hong Kong.
Najib will hope that a friendly figure in the White House will help his chances in the biggest kleptocracy case brought by the US justice department to date. It’s seeking $1 billion in assets that it says are tied to “public corruption and a global money laundering conspiracy.” – Quartz
The second corporate raid
Many mega projects have been interrupted or halted as these projects are in financial rout and seeking bail-outs or sourced out to foreign financiers. The biggest and main taker is China.
The Finance Ministry (MoF) has called off a deal to sell 60% of Bandar Malaysia – a mega property development project estimated to have a gross development value of RM160bil when completed in 20 years – has sent shockwaves through the country and the region – TheStarOnLine
Proton the first Malaysian car is up for sale and the Chinese automaker Geely is a promising buyer.
Even the Bilderberg Shell have sold their refinery in Port Dickson to a Chinese company Hengyuan International Ltd.
Chinese presence in the ailing Malaysian economy are seen as bailing out Najib’s misadventures and not as genuine investments.
Playing the domestic cards by opening its borders to China’s investment and development projects – many of which have shown traces of fatigue in the long run – Najib brought the Chinese government to understand that he needed them for his own political survival. – TheIndependent
Here are some national mega projects where the Chinese are literally and desperately begged to participate by Najib to restore his unpopularity, saving his neck and retain power all at the same time:
- Kuala Lumpur-Singapore high-speed rail (HSR)
-
$100 Billion Chinese-Made City
-
Iskandar Waterfront – CREC
- Bandar Malaysia TRX City
What comes with all these Chinese participations (interventions) and financing? One has to be too naive to think that its all purely business investments on the part of the Chinese and that Malaysia is just so good and fortunate to attract foreign investments, but silly enough to offer opportunities to foreigners, especially China as giveaways whilst herself missing the chance to reap fortunes from her own viable, profit making projects?
Desperate times call for desperate measures, even if it means selling one’s own mother to save one’s own neck. This is a more accurate observation by concerned Malaysians and that history is beginning to repeat itself is glaringly apparent.
The British East India Company came in a quite different time, scenario and circumstances as the corporate raid was done singularly and stealthily during a time and period the people were innocent simpletons, unsuspecting and unaware of what was going on until it was too late to do anything to stop the marauders… and the rest, as they say is history.
For a century, the East India Company conquered, subjugated and plundered vast tracts of south Asia. It was the original corporate raider. The lessons of its brutal reign have never been more relevant.
With that unforgettable episode of Malaya (then) in the back of the people’s heads, Malaysians are witnessing, with their eyes wide open this time history repeating itself.
Malaysians lowered the Union Jack on August 31, 1957 to regain their freedom, and sixty years later, will they be seeing the raising of another corporate flag – the Five Stars Red flag and be slaves all over again? One must remember, most of the big Chinese corporations are controlled and owned by the State. Only this time it will be a communist takeover instead of the capitalist fascists and oh, how paradoxical it has turned out, as the people of Malaya had fought so hard with their lives to rid off the communist terrorists (which were supported and backed by China), during the Emergency period.
What else will be sold to complete the corporate raid? Highways, water, power, utilities public transport and telecommunication services next? Will the people knowingly sit back and allow a second corporate raid this time around?
..
US Federal Prison Ordered By Trump To Prepare For 23 “High Security Political Defendants”
WhatDoesItMean
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
An intriguing Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) report circulating in the Kremlin today states that the unprecedented “grouping/converging” of US Marshals Service-Eastern District of Pennsylvania (USMS-EDP) agents in Philadelphia and Washington D.C. this past week was due to President Donald Trump’s Department of Justice (DOJ) “informing/notifying” the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) to prepare for at least 23 “high security political defendants” being placed in theFederal Detention Center (FDC) located in Philadelphia—one of whom the SVR believes will be Hillary Clinton. [Note: Some words and/or phrases appearing in quotes in this report are English language approximations of Russian words/phrases having no exact counterpart.]
According to this report, while the US mainstream propaganda media this past week was being consumed by their “Russia hysteria” meme against President Trump that has led to a $150 million “kill contract” being put on his life, and whom had just fired his leftist-leaning Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Director James Comey, SVR intelligence analysts were reporting that a team of FBI agents and US Department of Justice prosecutors had just returned from Bangladesh where they had secured under oath testimony from Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina confirming Hillary Clinton’s criminality.
..
LOL! German Central Bank Warns Not To Use Bitcoin As It Is Not Backed By A Central Bank
🤣 This gives me more reason to jump right into Cryptocurrency ‼️
May 13, 2017 by
Central banking, which is a tenet of communism and a scheme to impoverish the many to benefit a few, is one of the evilest, most pernicious and rapacious entities on Earth.
So, when a member of the German central bank, Bundesbank, warned against buying bitcoin I almost choked on my wiener schnitzel.
Having a central bank warn against buying bitcoin is like a rapist warning you that sex with your spouse isn’t as exciting as when he rapes you.
Yes, we know… and that’s why most people prefer not getting raped… and why we prefer bitcoin over any central banking scrip.
Here is what Carl-Ludwig Thiele, a Bundesbank board member said:
“Bitcoin is a means of exchange which is not issued by a central bank, but by unidentified actors. I do not see it as a currency. If you think Bitcoin would be as safe as the euro or the dollar, you have to take responsibility for it. We can only warn people not to use the bitcoin to preserve purchasing power.”
It comes as the height of arrogance to warn now, with bitcoin at all-time highs near $1,800, that bitcoin is a bad currency to “preserve purchasing power.”
If you had bought $1000 USD worth of bitcoin back in 2011 at $3, it would now be worth roughly $566,000.
If you had $1,000 USD in 2011, it would still be “worth” $1,000, but that $1,000 would only buy about $913 worth of goods. And that is when calculating the depreciation with the government’s own CPI index of 1.34% per year which has no bearing on reality. It is much higher than that.
If you had bought $1000 USD worth of euros in 2011, you’d now have $859 worth of euros considering the January 2011 USD exchange rate of .748 Euro per dollar.
So, with dollars, you would have lost roughly 1.34% per year due to inflation and with euros, you lost a whopping 5% due to the drop in the value of the euro and even more if inflation is considered. And, with bitcoin, your purchasing power increased by 56,500%.
So, clearly, you can see why the German central bank is warning against holding bitcoin. Because if everyone held bitcoin we’d all be rich and there would be no German central bank for Carl-Ludwig, that Keynesian communist, to “work” at.
Let’s compare bitcoin to central bank issued fiat currency to show further how ludicrous Thiel’s statement is:
Across Europe and the US, the economies are falling apart as the middle class is wiped out and tens of millions are pushed into poverty by the direct actions of the central banks.
Minimum wage protests continue because people are finding that the central bank’s inflation has made it so they can barely afford to eat anymore.
Meanwhile, the value of bitcoin continues to increase. Had everyone had bitcoin for the last few years there’d be no poverty and no strife.
The euro has fallen 99.75% versus bitcoin since 2011. This is what the German central bank is warning you about.
We suggest you ignore anything that the government, central banks and mainstream media tell you. All three of them are centralized and archaic and are in the midst of being washed away by a new paradigm of non-violent, decentralized systems of which bitcoin is one.
Most of the world hasn’t realized this evolution is in process, though, so you can still get in and well-positioned before the crowd and potentially realize a fortune for doing so.
You can get access to our book, Bitcoin Basics, and our newsletter that covers this ongoing paradigm shift here.
I’ll wager with Carl-Ludwig Thiele that bitcoin outlasts both the US dollar and the euro. In fact, I’ve predicated my life’s work around it here at The Dollar Vigilante.
Central banking is so 20th century. It’s time people like Carl-Ludwig Thiele disappear. In fact, why is the Bundesbank even still around? It essentially does nothing now that the counterfeiting power and interest rate market manipulation are committed by the European Central Bank.
Poor Carl-Ludwig, he doesn’t even know he is already obsolete.
#IMF pushing for a revolution?
IMF Proposed a Capital Levy – Tax on Money in Bank Accounts & Raise Property Taxes
Posted May 12, 2017 by Martin Armstrong
The International Monetary Fund (IMF) is always the cheerleader to raise taxes to support government they are instructing Germany to raise taxes and also talking about just imposing a 10% tax on all money on deposit in banks throughout Europe. Yes – you read that one correctly.
The IMF has told Germany it should raise its property tax, cut social welfare contributions and invest more to reduce income inequality. The demands are contentious in an election year. Once again the IMF has demanded higher taxes on savings deposits in Germany. Germany must do more for to raise taxes to impose more socialistic ideals to somehow tax the rich to create a broader participation of all citizens in the fruits of economic growth, if somehow raising taxes actually ever creates economic growth. The IMF warns that there is a relatively high tax burden on lower incomes with a comparatively low burden on assets.
The IMF argues for higher taxes on property are in fact necessary and that the government should demand higher wages to also give impetus to the growth in Germany, yet this is magically creating no inflationary impact. Years ago, Italy simply imposed a tax on money in one’s account. This was called a “capital levy”. This was a one-time charge as an exceptional measure to restore the sustainability of the debt. The IMF is also suggesting that measure be invoked to help the coming Sovereign Debt Crisis. The attractiveness of such a measure is that such a one-time tax can be levied before a tax evasion can even occur, especially if cash is eliminated and money can only exist in bank accounts. This requires the belief that this measure is unique and never repeated.
The IMF has already calculated how much the measure would cost every Eurozone citizen:
“The amount of the tax would have to bring the European sovereign debt back to the pre-crisis level. In order to reduce the debt to the level of 2007 (for example in the euro area countries), a tax of about 10 percent is needed for households with a positive asset. “
As you can see, there is NEVER any discussion about reducing taxes or the size of government. The solution is always to raise taxes and to not even look at the old Italian trick of a 10% seizure of all cash in your account. We highly recommend to diversify to assets that are MOVABLE and not subject to taxation merely to possess.
..
Dark Web “Kill Order Contract” On President Donald Trump Issued For $150 Million
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
A stunning Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) report circulating in the Kremlin today states that after yesterday’s meeting between Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov, Ambassador Sergey Kislyak and President Donald Trump, a “kill order contract” against America’s new leader appeared on the “dark web” offering a payment of 82,900 Bitcoin’s for Trump’s “murder/killing” by the end of this month—and with Bitcoin’s currently being valued at a little over $1,800, amounts to over $150 million being offered for the assassination of an American president. [Note: Some words and/or phrases appearing in quotes in this report are English language approximations of Russian words/phrases having no exact counterpart.]
According to this report (and virtually unknown to most people), internet search engines (Google, Baidu, Wolframalpha, Yandex, etc.), only show about 1% of what’s actually available online, with the vast majority of websites being found in the “deep web”—and which the “dark web” is a smaller subset of, uses masked IP address and needs specialized browsers to access—and is occupied by vast international crime organizations and state-actor intelligence services.
Though not conclusively proved, this report continues, SVR intelligence analysts believe that this “kill order contract” offered against President Trump is from “Deep State” conspirators in the United States at war with their new leader—who became incensed after President Trump fired one of their main anti-Trump-“Russian hysteria” commanders, former FBI Director James Comey, and less than 24 hours later, hosted two of Russia’s top diplomats in his White House Oval Office.
FBI Director Comey, this report explains, was the American “Deep State” commander who was tasked with creating, and perpetuating, the false “Russian hysteria” meme against President Trump by using what is now called the “Trump Russia Dossier”—that has been revealed to be a completely made up document created by an American political opposition research company named Fusion GPS and paid for by as yet unidentified Hillary Clinton supporters.
Written entirely by an ex-MI6 (British intelligence) operative named Christopher Steele for the Hillary Clinton campaign he claimed “would sway the election against Trump”, this report says, the “Trump Russia Dossier” was so fabricated out of nonsense that the American magazine Newsweek cited a CIA operation who said “it’s hokey as hell” and one of the most esteemed US journalists, Bob Woodward of the Washington Post, called it “garbage”.
Shockingly though, this report notes, FBI Director Comey used this “hokey as hell garbage” “Trump Russia Dossier” as evidence he presented to what is called a FISA Court in order to obtain a warrant to listen into and record the phone conversations of then candidate Trump and all of his associates—and that then President Barack Obama signed an extraordinary Executive Order to unmask the names of, distribute throughout the entire “Deep State” apparatus, and then leak to the mainstream propaganda press in order to damage the reputation of Trump.
Equally as astounding (and illegal) as his presenting this “hokey as hell garbage” to a US Federal Court as “evidence” of anything, this report continues, FBI Director Comey even attempted to pay the ex-MI6 operative Christopher Steele another $50,000 of US taxpayer money to continue this “cascade of lies”—but that Steele never accepted because of his knowing he made up everything contained in the “Trump Russia Dossier”.
While the totally made up “Trump Russia Dossier” was being exposed as a lie, however, this report further explains, FBI Director Comey, again operating for the “Deep State”, added another layer of falsehoods to the “Russia hysteria” movement against Trump by his proclaiming that Russia had hacked into the computer servers of Hillary Clinton and her Democratic Party.
Shockingly though, this report notes, in FBI Director Comey claiming that Russia had hacked into these servers he failed to provide any evidence—with his, instead, relying on a now discredited report prepared by a company controlled by Hillary Clinton named Crowdstrike who said they had discovered “proof” of Russian hacking.
With Hillary Clinton and her Democratic Party claiming that the FBI never even asked to examine the supposed Russian-hacked computers, and the FBI countering that it did ask to examine them but were denied, this report explains, the most crucial fact of this matter not being told to the American people by their propaganda mainstream media is that all of Crowdstrike’s claims of Russia hacking these computers have been discovered to be lies—and who are now, also, refusing to cooperate with the US Congress.
As every single, and absurd, claim that Russia interfered with the 2016 US presidential election now being exposed as completely 100% made up lies, this report says, one must then ask why the American mainstream propaganda media still perpetuates their “Deep State” masters “Russia hysteria” meme—and which SVR intelligence analysts state can only be understood by knowing the facts of Hillary Clinton’s communist mentor Saul Alinsky.
Saul Alinsky, this report explains, aside from being Hillary Clinton’s idol and mentor, is best known for his rule-book manifesto for the communist takeover of America titled “Rules For Radicals”—and whose Rule #13 is now being employed against President Trump and states: “Pick the target, freeze it, personalize it, and polarize it…cut off the support network and isolate the target from sympathy…go after people and not institutions; people hurt faster than institutions.”
As being applied by the “Deep State” and its mainstream propaganda media sycophants, this report details, Alinsky’s Rule #13 using the FBI Director Comey “Russia hysteria” meme has, indeed, targeted, frozen, personalized and removed from sympathy among large numbers of the American populace President Trump—who on an hourly basis since his election has been the victim of the largest smear campaign ever instituted against an American president in that nations entire history—to include even the most shocking allegations of him lusting after his own daughter.
To the effect of Alinsky’s Rule #13 as used by the “Deep State” and FBI Director Comey’s “Russia hysteria” meme, this report continues, it cannot be underestimated either as a new poll conducted by the Connecticut-based Quinnipiac University shows that “idiot, incompetent and liar” were the most commonly given answers when respondents were asked for the first word that comes to mind when they think about President Trump—with other less-than-flattering descriptors being “buffoon, con-man, clown, narcissistic, bigot and embarrassment”.
As to why the “Deep State” must destroy President Trump, this report explains, is due their communist-leftist economic model for America quickly failing and unable to be supported by the supposed to be president Hillary Clinton—and as evidenced by the stunning world-record $116 billion bankruptcy of the US territory Puerto Rico, the coming bankruptcy of the Connecticut State Capital—and the bankruptcies of Illinois and California now being imminent too.
Not being understood by the American people, SVR intelligence analysts in this report say, is that their present capitalist economy is incompatible with those of socialist-communist ideology—but in order to turn a democracy into a communist state where citizens are reduced to serfdom (enslavement) the health care systems must be nationalized—but will collapse the nation as Soviet Russia discovered.
In knowing this fact, this report continues, the failed attempt to nationalize the United States healthcare system through what is called Obamacare as a first step towards achieving true communist (elite) rule is why the “Deep State” must destroy President Trump—and why the end of this month is so critical as the “swamp continues to be drained”.
The reason this is so, this report explains, is due to what is called cost-sharing reduction payments (CSR’s) that the Obama regime used to pay insurance companies to subsidize their quickly failing nationalized health plan—and that President Obama had to pay for by stealing billons-of-dollars from his nations mortgage loan providers Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac whose investors he defrauded.
Under the US Constitution, this report continues explaining, a US president (Executive Branch) is not allowed to spend any money not authorized by the US Congress (Legislative Branch)—and when the Obamacare nationalized health plan scheme was enacted, it failed to provide any money for these CSR payments to insurance companies.
So when President Obama began stealing money from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to pay these insurance companies, this report notes, the US House of Representatives sued him in Federal Court—and where US Federal Judge Rosemary Collyer, of the Federal District Court for the District of Columbia, ruled that the Obama regime was, indeed, violating the US Constitution in paying CSR’s to insurance companies.
Though the “Deep State” had fully expected Hillary Clinton to win the presidency, disregard the US Federal Court and continue paying these CSR’s in order to save Obamacare, this report says, upon President Trump assuming office he stated that he would not pay them, and sending the insurance companies into total panic—so much so, in fact, that US insurance giant Aetna just announced yesterday that it was leaving Obamacare after suffering loses between 2014-2017 of nearly $1 trillion.
To how completely bizarre, too, this “Deep State” war against President Trump over Obamacare has become, this report further notes, the US House of Representatives lawsuit against the Obama regime for illegally stealing money to pay for this communist health care scheme was titled “House v. Burwell” due to the Obama regimes Secretary of Health and Human Services Sylvia Mathews Burwell being the named lead plaintiff, but has now been changed to “House v. Price” to reflect Tom Price now being Trump’s new Secretary of Health and Human Services—meaning, of course, that President Trump is now locked in an epic battle against his own Republican House over the failed Obamacare health scheme they’ve both vowed to destroy.
Shortly after taking power, though, this report details, both President Trump and the US House of Representatives requested that US Federal Judge Rosemary Collyer stay her ruling against that would destroy Obamacare once and for all—with their stating that they would return to her on 22 May to give her an update as to what they were going to do.
To solve what is truly the only real “Constitutional Crisis” now occurring in America, this report continues, President Trump and the US House of Representatives passed last week what is called the American Health Care Act—that would completely eliminate all cost-sharing reduction payments (CSR’s) to insurance companies thus allowing the “House v. Price” lawsuit to end as Obamacare would be destroyed—and that, also, completely defunds the genocidal black baby-killing organization know as Planned Parenthood.
With President Trump’s and the US House of Representatives American Health Care Act now needed to be passed by the US Senate, and signed by Trump, before it can be made into law, this report explains, if this is not accomplished by 22 May, Trump will most certainly tell his US Justice Department to accept US Federal Judge Rosemary Collyer’s ruling thus destroying Obamacare.
Therefore, this report concludes, not only President Trump, but, also, his “Deep State” enemies are locked in one of the most crucial battles in American history to see who will survive, with Trump’s firing of FBI Director Comey, and less than 24 hours later hosting top Russian officials in his White House Oval Office, proving that he won’t bow down and is unafraid—and with Foreign Minister Lavrov, perhaps, summing up the current state of the US mainstream propaganda media by his stating to them yesterday when asked about the “Russia hysteria” issue: “I can’t believe I’m being asked to answer such a question, especially in the US, where you have a sophisticated democratic political system”.
May 11, 2017 © EU and US all rights reserved. Permission to use this report in its entirety is granted under the condition it is linked back to its original source at WhatDoesItMean.Com. Freebase content licensed under CC-BY and GFDL.
..
BREAKING NEWS: The U.S. Fifth Circuit admits the systematic misapplication of the income tax!
Sorry folks! It was an oversight by the Internal Robbery Service (IRS) but no refunds are foreseeable as all the monies are either spent on wars or missing in the Black Budget.
The inconvenience and misery caused are much regretted.
THE FIFTH U.S. CIRCUIT COURT OF APPEALS has issued a stunning ruling admitting that the United States and the federal courts have been systematically misapplying the income tax as a non-apportioned direct tax for decades. The clear implication is that literally trillions of dollars have been improperly taken from their rightful owners.
The further implication is that hundreds of men and women– perhaps even thousands– have been victims of legal harassment and intimidation, property seizures, character assassination and even imprisonment, all based on a fraud. At the same time, it is clear that the explosive (and, some would say, republic-eroding) growth of the federal government over the same period has been financed by this same scheme.
THE PARADIGM-SHATTERING ADMISSION by the panel of the circuit court (which has since been replicated in other circuits, as well) came in a ruling reported as Parker v. Comm’r, 724 F.2d 469…
View original post 490 more words
Oil: A Sunset Industry
…dawning of a new energy age
The current discussion about the future of oil is how soon will it be before petroleum becomes a sunset industry. If it isn?t already. Flat or falling demand. Carbon taxes. Electric cars. Renewable energy. Oil has no future. It is only a matter of time, although how much time remains is subject to considerable discussion and debate. Various prognosticators put forth differing view about when world oil demand will peak. Some say as early as 2030, others much later. Nobody says never.
As for actually running out of oil, that issue has run its course. At least for now.
How long the world stays in the oil business is of critical importance. This is illustrated by a Financial Post article April 28 titled, ?Next battleground; Enbridge?s aging Great Lakes pipeline stirs new protest in Michigan?. Until recently, the battle against pipelines has been opposing…
Source: Oil: A Sunset Industry
…of Prince Philip, Puerto Rico and US bankruptcy
It is time for Canadian LBO of bankrupt US Corporate government
Despite an ongoing pretense that nothing happened, it turns out the US corporate government based in Washington DC and registered in Puerto Rico really did go bankrupt last week. The bankruptcy of Puerto Rico is different from something like the bankruptcy of Detroit because Puerto Rico is a fully owned DC subsidiary and so the parent company must take the fall. This was why the Chinese Finance Minister suddenly canceled a meeting with his Japanese and South Korean counterparts last week because of a “financial emergency.”
http://www.reuters.com/article/us-adb-asia-trilateral-idUSKBN1802V2
This was also why the British Royal family held an emergency meeting last week at Buckingham Palace and then announced the retirement of Prince Philip.
Both emergency meetings had to do with the cashing of Super Petchili or Lung-Tsing-U-Hai bonds backed by Chinese gold and held by many members of the world’s royal families, according to a senior bank source. To be exact, according to this source, in exchange for resigning, Prince Philip was allowed to cash his Petchilis meaning the British Royal Family now has in its hands enough money to totally transform the planet.
If so, then this means Canada is now in a position to ask creditors of the bankrupt United States Corporation for financing of a leveraged buy-out of its operations. The result would be an end to the never ending insanity and criminality emerging out of Washington DC.
We will look deeper into this further down because, in terms of how this will affect the planet, this under the radar move is far more important than the French Presidential election. This was stolen by the Rothschild’s on behalf of their slave Emmanuel Macron with a in your face, Satanic 66.06% of the vote.
The French election was really a German/Russian proxy war over the control of Europe. US naval intelligence reports that German troops were sent into France prior to the election to while Pentagon sources say Russian troops were sent into Serbia at around the same time.
As things stand now, Hitler’s daughter Angela Merkel has repeated her father’s accomplishment of conquering France, this time through stealth rather than through open warfare.
Regardless though, Japanese military intelligence is now saying that defeated French presidential candidate Marine le Pen was in fact…
to be continued
..
The Myth of the Rule of Law
Any state, no matter how powerful, cannot not rule solely through the use of brute force. There are too few rulers and too many of us for coercion alone to be an effective means of control. The political class must rely on ideology to achieve popular compliance, masking the iron fist in a velvet glove. Violence is always behind every state action, but the most efficient form of expropriation occurs when the public believes it is in their interest to be extorted.
Mythology is necessary to blunt the violent nature of state power in order to maximize the plunder of property — and, most importantly, provide an aura of legitimacy. The perception of legitimacy “is the only thing distinguishing a tax collector from an extortionist, a police officer from a vigilante, and a soldier from a mercenary. Legitimacy is an illusion in the mind without which the government does not even exist.”1
State authority, and public obedience to it, is manufactured through smokescreens of ideology and deception. These myths sustain the state and offer an illusion of legitimacy, where orders, no matter how immoral or horrific, are followed because they are seen as emanating from a just authority. The state cannot implement violence against everyone everywhere and overwhelm the host, so the battle is waged against the hearts and minds of the public. Fear is exploited, language is distorted, and propaganda is spread, while narratives and history are tightly controlled. The gulag of state power, first and foremost, always exists in the mind.
If the mythology of state power is smashed, then the state is exposed for what it is: institutionalized violence, expropriator of the peaceful and productive, and entirely illegitimate.
The Myth of the Rule of Law
In order for a society to have peace and order, there needs to be a set of largely uniform and neutral laws in which the vast majority of the public agree are fair and just. Throughout the history of Western law, a decentralized process of trial-and-error, competing courts, and private arbitration achieved these rules. A monopoly power was not necessary, nor desirable. Before the rise of the modern bureaucratic, democratic nation-state, the monarch was the symbol of monopolistic order, and his power consisted mostly in enforcing the private common-law tradition that had already developed over centuries.2
Eventually, the nation-state model we see today grew and absorbed this decentralized tradition into a monolithic, top-down coercive regime imposed by legislatures, state police, and bureaucracies. The “rule of law” became the propaganda term used to justify this radical departure from the Western tradition of common-law and private arbitration. The law was now political in nature, subject to the usual array of corruption and disincentives inherent in any political order. With the monopoly state now in charge of law, the idea that a coercively imposed system of justice — in which everyone is governed by neutral rules that are objectively applied by judges — became a powerful myth for states to exert control over society.
As a myth, however, the concept of the rule of law is both powerful and dangerous. Its power derives from its great emotive appeal. The rule of law suggests an absence of arbitrariness, an absence of the worst abuses of tyranny. The image presented by the slogan “America is a government of laws and not people” is one of fair and impartial rule rather than subjugation to human whim. This is an image that can command both the allegiance and affection of the citizenry. After all, who wouldn’t be in favor of the rule of law if the only alternative were arbitrary rule? But this image is also the source of the myth’s danger. For if citizens really believe that they are being governed by fair and impartial rules and that the only alternative is subjection to personal rule, they will be much more likely to support the state as it progressively curtails their freedom.
The rule of law, imposed by the state, is simply a myth. There is no such thing as “a government of laws and not people.” Legislative edicts are always subject to the biases and agendas of those who interpret them, and will be imposed in this manner by whoever currently wields the power of the monopoly state over society.
For example, despite the US Constitution’s very clear language in most of its passages (there are some dangerously vague sections, of course), the most trained and brilliant legal minds can come to completely opposite conclusions over the exact same clause. Whether it is a particular amendment in the Bill of Rights or the particular language of executive or legislative power, a liberal and conservative judge could use sound reasoning and cite historical precedent to make their case — and they would both be right. “[B]ecause the law consists of contradictory rules and principles,” argues John Hasnas, “sound legal arguments will be available for all legal conclusions, and hence, the normative predispositions of the decision makers, rather than the law itself, determine the outcome of cases.”
The law, then, is not a neutral body of rules to help keep order and govern society; it is merely an opinion with a gun. Whenever the state is in charge of anything, the outcomes, process, and administration are always political in nature. There can never be a system of definite, consistent rules that produce determinate results because these laws, no matter how they are written, will always be subjected to the biases, prejudices, and discrimination of those who interpret and enforce them.
The idea that the law is not neutral or determinant is not a revolutionary doctrine and should not be entirely shocking. Over a century ago, former Supreme Court Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes argued that certainty in law is an illusion; judicial decisions rely more on the language of logic than they do on objective enforcement. Since at least the 1970s, the Critical Legal Studies movement has recognized this, and even they are just reviving the legal realists who made these same insights decades before them. The idea of determinate law is actually an undesirable feature — even if we were to overcome the impossibility of making it so — as the strength of an effective legal system lies in its ability to have certain amounts of flexibility. This is why the decentralized, private law tradition was able to produce several codes of uniform laws — do not murder, steal, assault, or initiate aggression in general — while providing the room to adapt to social change and distinct cultures.
When the law is under the dominion of a top-down, coercive state it is transformed from a system of governance to a body of expropriation. Whether through the use of logic or emotional appeals, whoever wields the state apparatus says what the law is and they will dispense their armed enforcers to make sure their law is fulfilled.
If an objective rule of law is impossible, then why does this myth persist? To ask the question is to answer it. “Like all myths,” notes Hasnas,
it is designed to serve an emotive, rather than cognitive, function. The purpose of a myth is not to persuade one’s reason, but to enlist one’s emotions in support of an idea. And this is precisely the case for the myth of the rule of law; its purpose is to enlist the emotions of the public in support of society’s political power structure.
If the public views the law as a neutral and objective arbiter, then they are more willing to support state power and its violent expropriation and parasitism. We are more willing to accept the comfortable delusion of objectivity and the need for predictable laws than deal with the frightening alternatives of supposedly unpredictable anarchy. “Once they believe that they are being commanded by an impersonal law rather than other human beings,” people “view their obedience to political authority as a public-spirited acceptance of the requirements of social life rather than mere acquiescence to superior power,” notes Hasnas. Tyrants of the past used to claim that their rule was inspired by Divine Right to mask the fact that their rule was an exercise of naked aggression over their subjects. When this doctrine became discredited, a new myth was needed, and the rule of law was born.
No matter how impossible the rule of law may be, the state has a heavy interest in promoting this myth.
Before the rise of legislative law, the private, decentralized, and polycentric common-law system was effective at promoting peace and public order because it lacked the monopoly power of a centralized state. Under both models, laws are never determinate or universally objective. But under a private law system, bad decisions that were not accepted by the public or viewed as overreaches could not be coercively imposed on society. This system of checks and balances allowed laws beneficial to the protection of private property to flourish while weeding out the bad laws.
Under a state system, however, it is much harder, if not impossible, to fix bad laws as there now exists a political incentive to keep the law on the books, while most judges serve lengthy or even life terms. If the judge, legislature, and police are all part of the state apparatus, they will tend to find expansive definitions for state power with limited definitions of individual freedoms.
“The myth of the rule of law does more than render the people submissive to state authority; it also turns them into the state’s accomplices in the exercise of its power,” concludes Hasnas. “For people who would ordinarily consider it a great evil to deprive individuals of their rights or oppress politically powerless minority groups will respond with patriotic fervor when these same actions are described as upholding the rule of law.” While the state does indeed provide some law and order under its jurisdiction, the “rule of law” has been used as a propaganda tool in order to help cement and legitimize state power.
..
Thousands Of German Troops Prepare To Enter France As EU Civil War Looms
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
An alarming Ministry of Defense (MoD) report circulating in the Kremlin today detailing the extended session of the Defence Ministry Board states that German Defense Minister Ursula von der Leyen has arrived in France just days prior to the 7 May presidential election in order to prepare up to 10,000 German Army (HEER) troops entering into this European Union (EU) nation in order to help “reestablish normal public order” as fears rise that a continent-wide civil war against ruling elites may be looming. [Note: Some words and/or phrases appearing in quotes in this report are English language approximations of Russian words/phrases having no exact counterpart.]
According to this report, in 2010, for the first time since the ending of World War II in 1945, German military troops became officially stationed in France—and where Defense Minster von der Leven has been rushed to in order to quell a right-wing uprising among her German Army’s officer corps battling against the Islamification of Europe, thus causing her to put on alert for “immediate combat deployment” her nations Division Schnelle Kräfte (Rapid Forces Division).
With up to 10,000 of these Division Schnelle Kräfte troops now being prepared to enter into France, this report continues, the greatest fears among the ruling EU elites is that no matter how this Sunday’s vote turns out, massive riots will erupt all across this embattled nation—with no one knowing which side the French Foreign Legion will take sides with as this military organization does not swear allegiance to France.
Pitted against each other in this Sunday’s election, this report details, is the elite leftist globalist banker Emmanuel Macron (whom it was just discovered has been involved in a massive tax avoidance scheme), and the populist-nationalist leader Marine Le Pen—who were both the top leaders in the first round of presidential voting, on 23 April, when Macron garnered 24.01% of the vote while Le Pen came in second place after receiving 21.30%.
With riots erupting all across France after Le Pen’s 23 April win, this report says, her winning the French presidency could very well engulf this entire nation in flames should she prevail on Sunday—but should Macron win, the entire European Union may be plunged into outright civil war as a shocking new poll has revealed that over half of the continents youth are now prepared to revolt against their elite globalist leaders.
Results from over 580,000 respondents in 35 countries to the European Union-sponsored survey titled “Generation What?”
The ruling EU elites, this report explains, detest Le Pen because she has called to restore border controls immediately and to expel or detain all those suspected of being Islamic radicals from France—which is a position opposed by Germany’s communist leader Chancellor Angela Merkel who just today got Sweden to drop all of its border controls leading to fears of a new Muslim migrant rush towards that Nordic nation.
With Macron stating during yesterday’s fiery presidential debate that he would not close France’s borders against Islamic terrorist migrants, this report continues, Le Pen then warned the French people that her opponent was preparing to sell their nation off “piece by piece” and grimly stated: “France will be led by a woman, me or Mrs. Merkel”.
Though the latest polls are showing that Macron will win the French election for his elite globalist EU backers, this report notes, the Brexit vote in the United Kingdom and President Donald Trump’s victory in America clearly prove that Western polling is more propaganda than prediction as neither of them were said have any change of winning by their elites—with the Russian people, who overwhelmingly supported both Brexit and Trump, being more accurate, and whom two-thirds of support Le Pen.
The populist-nationalist peoples in France, the UK and US who support Le Pen, Brexit and President Trump, this report concludes, are now, also, being labeled by their leftist-communist enemies as fascists deserving of death—and where in America today they are arming themselves for violence—and as evidenced by one such leftist group in the US called the Phoenix John Brown Gun Club who claim that they are “working to stem the tide of reactionary recruitment within white working class communities”, but in reality are training to unleash total civil war.
May 4, 2017 © EU and US all rights reserved. Permission to use this report in its entirety is granted under the condition it is linked back to its original source at WhatDoesItMean.Com. Freebase content licensed under CC-BY and GFDL.
..
Satu Insan - Malaysia 
